The URL can be used to link to this page

31C-015 (3) SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture. F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with covers. 3.06 OCCUPANCY SENSOR A. The objective of this section is to ensure the proper installation of the occupancy sensor based lighting control system so that lighting is turned off automatically after reasonable time delay when a room or area is vacated by the last person to occupy said room or area. B. The occupancy sensor based lighting control shall accommodate all conditions of space utilization and all irregular work hours and habits. C. Contractor shall warrant all equipment furnished in accordance to this specification to be undamaged, free of defects in materials and workmanship, and in conformance with the specifications. The suppliers obligation shall include repair or replacement, and testing without charge to the owner, all or any parts of equipment which are found to be damaged, defective or non-conforming and returned to the supplier. The warranty shall commence upon the owner's acceptance of the project. Warranty on labor shall be for a minimum period of one (1) year. 3.07 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor and be included in his bid. 3.08 TESTING A. Balancing Loads: 1. Circuits shall be connected to the panelboards so that the total load is distributed equally between each line and neutral to within ten percent. Branch circuits shall be balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads balanced on the main distribution panel. Reasonable load testing shall be .. arranged for verification if requested by the Public Works Department. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-20 SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL B. Lighting fixtures in equipment rooms shall not be installed until after all piping and ductwork is in place. Lighting fixture layout shown on the Drawings is typical layout, but may be modified to provide adequate lighting of the equipment space according to final construction conditions. Any relocation of fixtures due to duct or piping interference shall be as directed by the Architect, at no expense to the Owner. C. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for proper co-ordination of all lighting fixture locations. Provide support for all fixtures mounted on or recessed in hung so ceiling. He shall confer with Ceiling Contractor and Heating and Ventilating Contractor to co-ordinate lighting system with other trades. D. Provide and install suitable cover plate or canopy for each fixture outlet box where the fixture does not provide a suitable cover. E. Fixtures located on exterior of building shall be installed with cadmium-plated brass screws and gasketed. W F. All pendant type fixtures in the same room shall be installed at a uniform height from the floor and shall hang plumb. W G. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment, they must be in first-class operating order and in perfect condition as to finish, etc. Check for proper operation and appearance, alignment of fixtures 'and proper placement of lenses, louvers, lamps and other light controlling or modifying appurtenances. 3.05 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle height shall be as directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48" above finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The Electrical Contractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for interference's. B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation. D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back of finished surface. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-19 No SECTION 16100 im ELEC'TRIC'AL B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all material required for the me grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting systems installed under this Contract. OR C. The Electrical Contractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connec- tions. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where required, conforming with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code and other applicable specification standards. D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each. 3.03 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. All conduits shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than the equivalent of three 900 bends in a single run. Where more bends are necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall provide suitable pull boxes. •� B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction. .a C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on ** conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel connections. D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the building, with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures. 3.04 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Installation of all lighting fixtures shall be done by experienced mechanics. Lighting fixtures shall not be installed where finished coat of paint has been applied to ceiling and walls until paint is thoroughly dry. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-18 SECTION 16100 Ei.ECTRiCAi. B. Relay Contacts shall have ratings of: 13A - 120 VAC Tungsten 20A - 120 VAC Ballast C. Control wiring between sensors and controls units shall be Class II , 18-24 AWG, stranded U.L. Classified, PVC insulated or TEFLON jacketed cable suitable for use in plenums, where applicable. D. Minimum acceptable wire gauge from the circuit control hardware relays shall be #14 AWG. PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 GENERAi, INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades. B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between actual „ measurements and those shown on plans. C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Contractor finds that the work of other trades. might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified. D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the runs of feeders,mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the + * systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and local inspection authorities. E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall be made accessible. F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified. 3.02 GROUNDING A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-17 SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL 2.10 OCCUPANCY SENSOR A. The occupancy stopper shall be manufactured by The Watt Stopper, or Approved Equal. B. All products shall be Watt Stopper product numbers or Approved equal. 1. Ceiling sensors: DT-200 2. Power and Slave Packs: B 120E-P C. Dual technology sensors shall be corner mounted to avoid detection outside the controlled area when doors are left open. D. Dual technology sensors shall consist of passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies for occupancy detection. Products that react to noise or ambient sound shall not be considered. E. All sensors shall be capable of operating normally with electronic ballasts, PL lamp systems and rated motor loads. F. Coverage of sensors shall remain constant after sensitivity control has been set. No automatic reduction shall occur in coverage due to the cycling of air conditioner or heating fans. G. All sensors shall have readily accessible, user adjustable settings for time delay and sensitivity. Settings shall be located on the sensor (not the control unit) and shall be recessed to limit tampering. H. In the event of failure, a bypass manual override shall be provided on each sensor. When bypass is utilized, lighting shall remain on constantly or control shall divert to a wall switch until sensor is replaced. This control shall be recessed to prevent tampering. I. All sensors shall provide an LED as a visual means of indication at all times to verify that motion is being detected during both testing and normal operation. J. All sensors shall have UL rated, 94V-0 plastic enclosures. 2.11 CIRCUIT CONTROL HARDWARE - CIT A. Control Units - For ease of mounting, installation and future service, control unit(s) shall be able to externally mount through a 1/2" knock-out on a standard electrical enclosure and be an integrated, self-contained unit consisting internally of an isolated load switching control relay and a „ transformer to provide low-voltage power. Control unit shall provide power to a minimum of two (2) sensors. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-16 w SECTION 16100 FLFC'TRICAI, �w 3. Submittals a. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for each type of device of equipment, and wire/cable to be used on the project indicating compliance with special requirements. b. Shop Drawings: 1. Provided complete schematic and field wiring diagrams, indicating all devices and equipment. 4. Cabling Contractor a. The local area network wiring system shall be installed by a Hubbell Certified cabling contractor with at least 5 years experience in the installation, testing, and adjustment of systems similar to the system specified herein. 5. Guarantee a. Parts, labor and travel to replace defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year after final acceptance and the Hubbell 25 year warranty. B. PRODUCTS ,yw 1. Telephone Wall Outlets a. As a minimum provided voice and data jacks as follows: Dorms—in each sleeping room-1 voice and 1 data per bed. Commons Rooms- min. of 1 voice and 1 data outlet spaced so that no point on any wall space is more than 20' away from the outlet when measured along continuous wall surface and in all cases, as noted on drawings. b. Each outlet shall house the required number of Category 5E, 8-wire RJ45 jacks designed for termination of 22-26 AWG unshielded cable. Jacks to be of single modular design, color-coded for ease of identification; Voice-office white, Data-black. Mount devices in a labeled modular face plate, HBL 4 FPL 12,13 or 14 as required. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-15 00 SECTION 16100 as FLF.C'TRICAI. b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic contactors without overload protection, with "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. To be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 509. No substitutions will be allowed. C. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter, fused,with 24 volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt. d. Furnish a minimum of one auxiliary contact in each starter for use by others for interlocking purposes. 2.08 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATION 00 A. The Electrical Contractor shall install new fire alarm system indicating and initiating devices as shown on Drawings and determined in the field in coordination with all existing to remain and new equipment of all trades. B. All fire alarm equipment shall be furnished by the Owner and shall be as „ manufactured by Simplex to match existing. C. All wiring in conduit,junction boxes and supporting hardware shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. D. The building shall be wired on a "zone" per floor basis unless otherwise indicated by �* the Owner. 2.09 TELEPHONE WIRING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Description of work a. Provided a telephone and data wiring system including blocks, wiring, conduit, outlets, and other miscellaneous hardware required for a complete system. handsets are not in contract. 2. Reference Standards a. Systems connector interface and pair assignments to be compliant with EIA/TIA 568A for voice & data transmission on UPT cable. Wiring and connectors to comply with EIA/TIA TSB-36 and TSB-40 requirements for category 5E high speed transmission rates up to 100 Mbps. All work shall comply with N.E.0 70, 1996 and testing shall be in accordance with TIA/EIA TSB-67. R. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-14 SECTION 16100 FLFC'TRIC'AL 2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the "Off' position. 3. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general-purpose enclosures unless NEMA 3R(rainproof)is required. Enclosures shall have gray enamel, electro- deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel. 4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC. 5. Fuses shall be as required. 6. Switches shall be Square D, heavy-duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures, or equal. C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole toggle switches as specified, or required. g• D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. 1. Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing starter from panel. + 2. Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without removing the starter from the panel. 3. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control circuit module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and inter- changeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. a. All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch, three-pole, three-phase of NEMA size applicable, with three melting alloy overload relays and three-position H-O-A switch in cover of general-purpose enclosure. To be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 522. No substitutions will be allowed. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-13 .. SECTION 16100 go FLFC'TRIC'AT, 10. Clock hanger outlet with single receptacle and strong hook for hanging heavy s" clocks, Leviton Cat. No. 688-I, ivory finish, or equal. Clocks shall be provided by the Owner. 11. Wall plates shall be smooth molded nylon or polycarbonate, ivory, with matching screws. To be Leviton Cat. No. 86000 series, or equal. 2.06 IJGHTING FIXTURES A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and .� install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective material shall be replaced. B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type, approvable for use on their system by the Massachusetts Electric Co. Fixture/lamp combinations for which electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM certified. «� C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size. T-8 lamps shall be 3500 K. Compact fluorescent PL lamps shall be 3,500 K. D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure. E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the Fixture Schedule and by corresponding letter on Drawings. Manufacturers' names and catalogue numbers are listed to show type and standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect and Owner. 2.07 MOTOR STARTERS AND SWITCHES A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors. B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as required. 1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the "Off' position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations .� 161000-12 10 SECTION 16100 40 Ei,FC'TRTC'AT, w 2.04 NAMEPLATES A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval. 2.05 WIRING DEVICES A. The Electrical Contractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where two or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates. 1. Duplex Receptacles - 20 amp, 125 volt with grounding screw, side and back wired. To be Leviton Cat.No. 5352-I, or equal. 2. Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Leviton Cat. No. 6898-HGI, or equal. 3. Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lockable, vertical, UL Listed,with Lexan base and lid,4-screw attachment, Tay Mac Cat.No. 20-3-5-0, or equal. 4. Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20 A, 125 V, side and back wired, Leviton Cat. No. 5362-IG, or equal. 5. Light Switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat.No. 1221-2, or equal. 6. Light Switches, 3 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. 1223-2, or equal. 7. Light Switches, 4 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat.No. 1224-2, or equal. 8. Switch and Pilot Light - 20 amp, 120 volt, side and back wired, red handle, Leviton Cat.No. 1221-PLR, or equal. 9. Power receptacles shall be flush type, of NEMA configuration shown, with matching cord and cap, Leviton,or equal, as follows: a. Type "R" - 50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat.No.279. b. Type "D" - 30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat.No. 278. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-11 .. SECTION 16100 4W ELECTRICAL C. Conductors 44 AWG through 98 AWG, Type THWN, stranded. no D. Conductors 43 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded. E. Branch circuit wiring located above lay in tile ceilings or fished in stud partitions may be Type MC cable; single and multi-circuit home runs shall be raceway and wire as specified. F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification sections. .. G. Wire and Cable to be Rome Cable Co., Triangle/PWC, or equal. 2.03 OUTLET AND .IFUNC'TION BOXES A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel unless otherwise noted or required by the National Electrical Code, and shall be as required for their use. B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate: 1. Structural conditions. 2. Size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering. • 3. Device of fixture for which required. D. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed. .. E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used. F. Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge. G. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1 enclosures with cover plates and screws,bonderized paint finished. H. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided as required by the National and the Massachusetts Electrical Codes. I. Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by Steel City Electrical Company, General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-10 SECTION 16100 ELEC'TRIC'AL The work of alternate No. 2 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new chilled water mains to the Answorth Facility, new chilled water pump, and all new building chilled distribution piping shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include but is not limited to all piping, pumps, controls, power wiring and excavation, and cleanout required for a complete operational system. E. Alternate Bid No. 3 —New Domestic Water Heating System 1. The work of alternate No. 3 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new domestic water heating system shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include but is not limited to all gas and water piping, insulation, gas fired water heater, steam water heater, controls and power wiring and demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs concealed in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below 6' above „ floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications. B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all homerun raceways run in walls or partitions, raceways run exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing may be of the set screw type. C. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors, or other movable equipment to facilitate removal and connections. 2.02 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600-volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors shall not be used. B. Conductors 410 AWG and smaller, Type THWN, solid. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-9 .. SECTION 16100 FLEC'TRIC'Ai. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for conduit and equipment where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Electrical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor .. slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.18 RFC 0R- DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1. 1.19 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01030 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work of the Electrical Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all Electrical work specified and shown on the Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates. C. Alternate Bid No. 1 —New Squash Court Air Handling U nit 1. The work of alternate No. 1 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new air handling unit (AHU-2) and return fan (RF-2) to serve the renovated squash courts as shown on the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include, but is not limited to, all piping, ductwork, controls, power wiring, demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. D. Alternate Bid No. 2—New Chilled Water Pumps and Piping Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-8 SECTION 16100 FLEC'TRTC'AI 5. Lubrication chart. 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 7. Valve chart, if applicable. 8. List of recommended spare parts. 9. Copies of all service contracts. 10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc. 11. Lists of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of electrical apparatus in the building, shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-7 SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL B. The Electrical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the individual Contractor. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building. 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply , qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. *" B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each Section. The instructions �+ shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The manual shall include the following information: 1 Description of systems. 2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3. Winter/summer changeover procedures. 4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-6 SECTION 16100 FLFC'TRICAI, B. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.09 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The General Contractor will furnish and install temporary light and power as specified in Division 1. 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Electrical Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fit- tings and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the individual Contractor. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-5 SECTION 16100 FI.FCTRICAI. B. The Electrical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a "" qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.06 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted other-wise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Labo- ratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.07 Si 1BMITTAI S A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. •a C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Electrical Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1.08 PERMITS,FEES, AND INSPECTIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and "* charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-4 SECTION 16100 FI EC'TRIC'AL ! " D. The Electrical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Electrical Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Electrical Contractor shall lay out all his work and be respon- sible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor installing such items. G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. Before submitting his bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the Electrical Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. J. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in product specifications and as approved by the Architect and Owner. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-3 w SECTION 16100 no FI.F.CTRICAI. 12. Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment made obsolete by new so construction. All removed equipment shall be the property of the Owner and delivered to such places as designated by the Owner. 13. All existing electrical systems and equipment, which are to remain in operation, and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and reconnected as required. 14. 1.03 CODES ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Electrical Code, and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements 'are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations,the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' . instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS '* A. The Electrical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also w* exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Electrical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Electrical Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-2 so SECTION 16100 ELFCTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this W Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Branch Circuit Wiring and Conduit. 2. Feeders. 3. Panelboards. 4. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps. 5. Telephone System Wiring Modifications. 6. Fire Alarm System Modifications. 7. Wiring devices and plates. 8. Occupancy Sensors 9. Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner including final connections. 10. Arrange for inspections and perform tests. 11. Guarantee and instructions. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 161000-1 W SECTION 15600 HEATING,VFNTi ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size, leaving no voids. •�+ Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College ,o Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-60 sp �1• SECTION 15600 HEATING,VFNTH,ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ajVAQ C. Furnish a typewritten certificate confirming the above and stating the Owner designated location to which the spare parts have been delivered. Delivery of parts shall be confirmed by the Owner's representative, who shall countersign the Certificate. 3.12 FIRE 4AFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies,prepare all penetrations for pipes. E. Application C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-59 go w SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced • with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. All piping, valves, controls and equipment on the project shall be identified as specified herein. All marks of identification shall be easily visible from the floor or usual point of vision. B. All piping shall be identified as to the service of the pipe and the normal direction of flow. The letters shall be 1" high and the flow arrows shall be at least 6" long. The letters and flow arrows shall be made by precut stencils and black oil base paint with aerosol can or snap-on, pre-printed plastic labels. Install identification in each room " and additionally so that markers are not over 50 feet on center. C. Each valve, except runout valves, but including control valves, shall be tagged with a brass disc 1-1/2" in diameter. The disc shall contain a number, and a valve list shall be provided under glass in the Boiler Room showing the location of the valve, the service and the valve and any pertinent remarks regarding the operation of the valve. Securely fasten the discs to the valves with brass "S" hooks or chains. D. All panel mounted controls and instruments, and all equipment shall be identified by engraved nameplates mounted just under the control or instrument. The engraved nameplates shall be engraved on "Lamacoid", or approved equal plastic which will be black and show white letters when engraved. Letters shall be 1/2" high. E. No identification shall be done until all painting required under the Architectural section of these Specifications has been accomplished. 3.11 SPARE PARTS A. Filters: Each air handling unit, fan coil unit, and cabinet type unit heaters shall be provided with three (3) extra sets of filters for each unit. One (1) set shall be installed by this Contractor after substantial completion is issued and the two (2) remaining sets shall be delivered to the Owner. B. Fan Belts: This Contractor shall provide one (1) spare fan belt of each size furnished. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-58 „ SECTION 15600 HEATING,VF,NTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ( C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket. D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting. The one piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering. 3.08 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the HVAC Contractor and be included in his bid. 3.09 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the building, and it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and performing satisfactorily and that all units are heating and ventilating satisfactorily. The systems shall be checked for vibration and excessive noise and all such conditions corrected. B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean-up. C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-57 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVACI C. After system is complete, the Heating & Ventilating Contractor shall add trisodium , phosphate in an aqueous solution to the system at the proportion of one pound per fifty gallons of water in the system. After the system is filled with this solution, the system shall be brought up to temperature and allowed to circulate for two hours. • The system shall then be drained completely and refilled with fresh water. The Engineer shall be given notice of this cleaning operation and he or his representative shall be present to observe the cleaning operation, and, if he deems it necessary, the cleaning operation shall be repeated. D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall be tested ,M by litmus paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the slightly alkaline side (ph= 7.5 plus or minus). If the system is found to be still on the acid side, the cleaning by the use of trisodium phosphate shall be repeated. E. The HVAC Contractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any time "stop-leak" compounds to the system. 3.06 WATER AND AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS A. After completion of the installation of the heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems, and prior to acceptance by the Owner, all systems and appurtenances applicable to the above systems shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the water and air quantities as specified, indicated on the Drawings, or as directed. B. Balancing shall be performed by an independent contractor hired directly by the Owner. 3.07 INSULATION A. All pipe and duct insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through «� radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-56 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90% of specified minimum yield strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping,Building Services Piping. D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping,joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Engineer shall be notified and the test shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence. F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be removed during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to control valves. G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting,joint, or section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein before. 3.05 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any and all other material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all strainers. B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other foreign matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on the project shall have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings fully protected. Before erection, each piece of pipe, fitting, or valve shall be visually examined and all dirt removed. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-55 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ „ D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with ... electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other trades. E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system from equipment, shall be as specified. F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out piping with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush and drain until all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other sections for additional requirements. G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system. H. Connections and tie-ins to existing piping systems shall be coordinated with the Owner. The HVAC Contractor is responsible for draining, flushing, re-filling (adding glycol if required) and air removal of the existing system. System shall be fully restored and operational. 3.04 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be hydraulically tested as specified herein. The HVAC Contractor shall provide all equipment required to make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a section at a time in order to facilitate the construction. B. The HVAC Contractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and bring the section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be conducted before any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to these tests shall be removed. Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently calibrated with a dead weight tester. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-54 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC') A. Drilling of all holes 2" diameter and smaller required for the installation of heating and ventilating piping and equipment shall be performed by the HVAC Contractor. Cutting and patching shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for M chases, openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor,who shall make the corrections as his own expense. B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor. C. As the work nears completion, all pipe cutting and threading,etc. shall be done in a location approved by the Engineer. D. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should use of such an area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 3.03 PIPE INSTAI,LATIQ A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made with offsets or expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with sharp dies,reamed and burrs removed. B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings. Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers as required for draining and venting. C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings. AM C2901 Smith College `® Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations wo 15600-53 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UUACI G. RAPID-SORBTm Dispersion Tube System: Furnish and install where indicated and of component sizes noted on the Drawings, RAPID-SORBTM Dispersion Tube System. Tube bank shall consist of a horizontal header/separator and designated quantity of vertical dispersion tubes necessary to achieve the required steam , capacity and absorption distance. Header/Separator shall span the width of the duct, be constructed of stainless steel and be fitted with nipples for dispersion tube connections. The dispersion tubes shall extend the height of the duct and shall be •� fitted with two rows of tublets centered on the diametric lime and spaced 1-1/2" apart. These tublets shall be made of non-metallic material designed for steam temperature. Each tublet shall extend through the wall of and into the center of *• the dispersion tube and incorporate a properly sized calibrated orifice. 2.23 STEAM TRAPS " A. Furnish and install float and thermostatic steam traps where indicated on the Drawings. B. The trap shall be of the mechanical lever ball float type having a ductile iron body with horizontal inline screwed connections and shall incorporate a balanced pressure thermostatic air vent. Valve mechanism shall be stainless steel and attached to a removable cover for easy maintenance. The cover shall be 180 degrees reversible to permit flow in either direction. C. Steam traps shall be as manufactured by Tunstall Associates. No substitutions will be allowed. PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 CLEANING AIR SYSTEM A. No air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or otherwise without filters in place and permission from the Owner. B. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling units and plenums shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc. before the units are turned on, and clean filters shall be installed. 3.02 CUTTING,PATCHING AND DRILLING C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-52 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ g. High limit and air flow proving circuit condition. 3. The keypad portion shall enable the user to reset or adjust the following functions: a. Humidistat R.H. setpoint. b. Humidistat R.H. high limit set point (used with VAV package). C. Auto drain/flush frequency interval. d. Auto drain duration. e. Auto flush duration. f. Throttling range adjustment. g. Time to go until next auto drain/flush sequence. B. Modulating Electronic Control Valve: Valve shall be a normally closed modulating type with an electronic actuator. C. Air Flow Proving Switch Static Pressure Type: Model RH-3 diaphragm operated, air flow proving switch shall be provided for field installation. Switch shall have an adjustable control range of 0.05" W.C. to 12"W.C. D. Duct High Limit Humidistat: Compatible high limit modulating humidistat shall be shipped loose for field installation. Humidistat shall sense humidity level within the duct and protect against saturation of air stream. E. Factory Insulation: Humidifier shall be covered with 3/4 " thick, rigid, foil face fiberglass insulation. Insulation shall be covered with reinforced aluminum foil. All surfaces except front panel shall be covered. F. Support Legs: Four support legs, of length to provide 24" between underside of humidifier and floor, shall be provided. C290 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-51 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (14VAC) � NO 9. Control Cabinet: Shall be UL/CSA listed JIC enclosure. Control devices shall be mounted on a sub-panel within the enclosure. 10. The Cabinet will be shipped loose and all interconnecting wiring between cabinet and humidifier shall be field supplied. B. Provide the following accessories: 1. Vapor-Logic® 2 Microprocessor Control System. Shall be factory ** mounted and wired in the humidifier control panel with humidity sensors to be shipped loose for field installation. Mounting instructions and a wiring diagram shall be included and provide the following features and functions: a. Water make-up valve control and low water safety shutdown. b. Auto drain/flush sequence whereby microprocessor accumulates actual humidifying "ON" time, and activates auto drain/flush sequence. C. End of season drain function, which activates when there has been no demand for humidification over a 72-hour period. 2. The alphanumeric digital display portion shall continuously scroll all system functions including: a. Actual room or space R.H. b. Humidistat set point R.H. C. Duct R.H. (invariable air volume applications). d. High limit humidistat set point R.H. C. Heater demand %. f. "Time until service" message C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-50 „ SECTION 15600 HFATING,VFNTII.ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVACI 2. Quick Removal Cover: The cover shall be secured by quick removal threaded knobs. The gasket shall be held in place by flanges that are formed as part of the cover and as part of the evaporating chamber. These flanges shall interlock in such a way that the sealing gasket is locked between them. 3. Cleanable Design: Vaporizing chamber cover and/or front cleanout plate shall be easily removable for access to the vaporizing chamber for removal of loose scale. 4. Heat Exchanger STS 100S be constructed of stainless steel tubes and headers with welded joints and shall be TEFLON® coated to allow continuous shedding of scale. Model STS 100C is constructed of a special scale shedding copper. 5. Steam Valve: Valve shall be a normally closed modulating type with modified linear flow characteristics, stainless steel trim, and actuator. Valve shall be furnished by humidifier manufacturer. 6. Steam Trap and Strainer: Humidifier shall be provided with a float and thermostatic trap and a steam supply line strainer. 7. Electronic Water Level Control: System shall provide for automatic refill and skimmer bleed-off functions. System shall consist of: OM a. A water level sensing unit comprised of three metallic probed screwed into a threaded probe head. Probe head shall incorporate isolation skirts to eliminate short-circuiting between probes caused by mineral coating of probe head. b. Probe head shall be mounted on the front of the vaporizing chamber. C. A solenoid operated fill valve shall be factory mounted on the front of the humidifier. 8. Surface Skimmer: Surface Skimmer shall be provided which is field adjustable to provide for optimum mineral removal with minimum water waste. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-49 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 4. The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete instructional manual covering the function and operation of all control and management system components on the job, which shall include a trouble-shooting and operating procedure. This manual shall be furnished to the Owner's operating .. personnel and shall show the total integrated control system. Competent technicians shall be provided for instruction purposes. The Control Manu- facturer shall furnish schematic systems control diagrams to be delivered to the Owner on AutoCAD disks. 5. Control and management systems shall neither be considered complete nor acceptable until all conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been at- tained, all temperatures are maintained within specified limits of all operating conditions, and all systems damper leakage of controlled within .� specified limits. J. Service and Guarantee: 1. The complete installation, including all equipment, shall be guaranteed free from defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from date of acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no cost to the Owner, all necessary service, adjusting, and checking during the 12 month guarantee period. ' 2. During warranty period, the ATC Contractor shall update and implement all latest revisions of software offered by the Contractor that applies to this Project. 2.22 STEAM HUMIDIFIER (h A. Humidifier shall be a UL listed CSA approved model STS, steam fired evaporative humidifier as manufactured by DRI-STEEM humidifier Company, Nortec, or approved equal as scheduled on the Drawings having the following features and devices: 1. Stainless Steel Construction: Vaporizing chamber, cover, and fittings shall be constructed of stainless steel with heli-arch welded seams. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-48 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (AQ C. When index to the cooling mode by the energy management system, the chilled water pumps shall be activated. The building chilled water pumps (P-1 and P-2) shall be fitted with VFD units furnished and installed by the temperature control contractor. VFD shall vary the speed of the pump in portions to the building load. Pump by- pass shall modulate closed until build chilled water return temperature reaches 55 Deg. F. The space chilled water pumps (P-3 and P-4) shall also be fitted with VFD unit to vary the speed of the pumps in response to load. I. Adjustment and Calibration: 1. On completion of the job, the ATC Contractor shall completely calibrate, test, and adjust, ready for use, all electronic controls, thermostats, valves, damper motors, and relays provided under his contract and be present for +� functional tests on systems. The Building Management System shall be completely checked,test run, and adjusted. 2. Before the Engineer is asked to witness the functional tests, the entire control and management system must be complete, controls calibrated. The controlled devices will be physically inspected and checked to assure that ** these terminal devices are, in fact, under proper control and working smoothly over their entire range of operation. 3. The adjustment procedure shall include the following steps: a. Preliminary set up and calibration per Specifications and Shop Drawings. b. Physical checkout of all components for completeness and accuracy, simultaneously with mechanical system balancing. C. Review of system with Engineer. d. Functional test for Owner's benefit, instruction, and acceptance. e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after systems have been in full operation, review problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments, and recalibrate as required. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-47 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ � A duct type smoke detector (furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor) located downstream of the unit filters shall shut down the unit fans on sensing smoke. The heating coil valve shall modulate to the discharge air setpoint. C. Unoccupied Cycle: The unit shall remain off, except that space sensor shall cycle unit fans with outside air damper closed, to maintain reduced temperature. d. AHU-2, a space humidity sensor set between 35% and 50% relative humidity shall energize ventilation cycle of outdoor damper and exhaust fan to introduce 100% outdoor air and exhaust high humidity air. Increased space heating load as sensed by space temperature sensor shall automatically reset zone discharge temperature through microprocessor controller to open heating coil valve, and open steam valve on steam injection humidifier. Space humidity requirements shall be maintained as described above. Injection humidifiers shall be interlocked with an airflow-proving switch and high limit discharge sensor. e. Occupied Cycle (Summer Mode) Fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and exhaust air dampers open to minimum position. Percentage of outdoor air shall be displayed set and adjusted at console. Room temperature sensors shall automatically reset discharge temperature to control the chilled water coil valve through microprocessor controller to satisfy occupied cycle summer mode setpoints. 2. Pump Control (Alternate Bid No. 2) a. The building shall be divided into one main cooling zone. b. Cooling distribution shall be supplied by pumps P-1 and P-2 (one spare). C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-46 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VFNTII ATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (HVAC) Following are the typical sequences of operation for HVAC equipment provided by Automated Logic's System 20/20. Within each section, each paragraph describes a specific control sequence for a component of the equipment; start/stop, status, etc. Each specific control sequence will require appropriate 1/0 points, which are scheduled on the Drawings. 1. Air Handling Units (Alternate Bid No. 1): The systems shall be indexed between occupied, warm-up, and unoccupied cycles of operation by the Energy Management System. a. Warm-up Cycle: The unit supply fan shall be started from the time clock and shall run continuously.. The return air fans shall remain off during the warm-up cycle with the return air exhaust damper closed. The outside air damper shall remain closed,the coil face and bypass dampers shall operate in "occupied" mode, and the exhaust fan shall remain off. The unit shall remain in the warm-up cycle until the return air temperature reaches 68°F at which time it shall revert to the occupied cycle. b. Occupied Cycle (Winter Mode): Supply and return fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and exhaust air dampers open to minimum position. Room sensor shall automatically reset discharge setpoint to control heating coil valve through microprocessor controller. Where face and bypass dampers are called for, the integrated controls shall be as follows: above 40 degrees F., the face and bypass dampers are wide open and the valve shall modulate; below 40 degrees F., the valve shall be wide open and the face and bypass dampers shall modulate. Nate, Apply PID control to these sequences to provide closer control when spaces go through rapid occupancy changes. As space is demanded for heating drops, the coil valve shall be modulated closed to finally a closed position. When space demands for ventilation increases, the outdoor and exhaust dampers shall be modulated open past the minimum percentage and the return damper shall close correspondingly. The low temperature sensor shall open the face damper full to the coil and close the outside air damper if it senses a temperature below its set point. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-45 .. SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) � 1. The central site shall display graphically, in up to 256 different colors, the following system information: General area maps shall show locations of controlled buildings in relation to local landmarks. Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling zones throughout the ,�.. buildings in a range of colors, which provide a visual display of temperature relative to their respective setpoints. The colors shall be updated dynamically as zones' comfort condition change. Locations of space sensors .. shall also be shown for each zone. I Setpoint adjustment and color band displays shall be provided. Mechanical system graphics shall show the type of mechanical system components serving any zone through the use of a pictorial representation of components. It shall also provide a current status of all I/O points being *" controlled and applicable to each piece of equipment including analog read- outs in appropriate engineering units at appropriate locations on the graphic representation. 2. Each category of software shall consist of interactive software modules. Each module shall have an associated priority level and shall execute as determined by the program controller as defined in the real time operating system. 3. The central site shall allow receipt of alarms and messages while in a 'functional mode other than energy management, i.e., incoming alarms shall be displayed while the operator is in a word processing, spreadsheet, or other operating mode. The system must automatically switch from a non-energy management mode, respond to an alarm, and return to the exact position left in the previous functional mode. 4. The building operator shall be able to communicate and direct all control a. functions through the use of a 2-button "mouse" operator interface to monitor and control all functions and sequences within the system. H. Sequences of Operation: C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-44 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VE.NTII.ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) k. Control valves shall be DDC modulating type. All two-way valves shall be Spartan two position valves. All three-way valves shall be Barber Colman with Belimo Actuators, Model AF24-S. 1. All control dampers shall be opposed blade type with edge and jam seals and internal linkage. Damper operators shall be provided for all dampers equal to Belimo AF24-S with AV10-18 or 2G-JSA shaft extensions where required. 5. Local Site Communication Network a. The modules shall communicate within their respective network with a token passing technique. This network shall be consistent with the IEEE RS-485 standard, including a minimum baud rate of 9,600 BPS maintained at a minimum of 10,000 feet. The Contractor shall provide all wiring required for the local site network. F. Software 1. The Contractor shall provide all software required for efficient operation of all the functions required by this specification. Software shall be modular in design for flexibility in expansion or revision of the system. The software shall, as a minimum, include: a. Complete database entry b. Configuration of all application programs to provide the sequence of operation indicated C. Graphics of each system as shown on the I/O Summary Tables d. Alarm limits and alarm messages for all critical and non-critical alarms e. Configuration of all reports and point summaries indicated G. Systems Software C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-43 w so SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AYR CONDITIONING (HVAC) .. d. Watt-hour Transducers: Watt-hour transducers shall have an accuracy of+0.25% for kW and kWh outputs from full lag to full lead power factor. Input ranges for kW and kWh transducers shall be selectable without requiring the changing of current or potential transformers, and shall have dry contact pulse accumulation. e. Voltage-to-Digital Alarm Relays: Relays shall monitor status of .� boiler or chiller safeties and overloads and shall be sized and connected so as not to impede the function of the monitored contacts. Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application, equal to Veris Industries, Inc. Hawkeye 735. f. Humidity Sensors: Sensors shall have an accuracy of +5% over a range of 20%to 95% RH, Visala Mod. HMW-40U. g. Current Sensing Relays: Relays shall monitor status of motor loads. Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application. The setpoint of the contact operation shall be field adjustable. h. Control Relays: Control relay contacts shall be rated for 150% of the loading application, with self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts, enclosed in dustproof enclosure. Relays shall have silver cadmium contacts with a minimum life span rating of one million operations. Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices. i. Solid State Relays (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater than 10 billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of 15 V root mean square, or greater, at 60 Hz. The contact operating life shall be 10 million operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of SSRs shall be 20°F-140 0F. Input impedance shall be greater than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application. Operating and release time shall be 10 milliseconds or less. Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral part of the relays. j. Freezestat shall be capillary type equal to Johnson Control, Model A70HA-1 C. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA " Squash Court Renovations 15600-42 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ( AC) 3) Room temperature sensors shall have an accuracy, of + 0.25°F in the range of 45°F to 96°F, ALC Model BA-10K-2- RSO-RLC Type 3 with network connector, warm/cool adjustment, override switch and LED Occupied/Unoccupied indicator. 4) Chilled water sensors shall have an accuracy of+0.25°F in their range of application. 5) Hot water temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of + 0.75°F over the range of their application. w b. Pressure Instruments 1) Differential Pressure and Pressure Sensors. Sensors shall have a 4-20 MA output proportional signal with provisions for field checking. Sensors shall withstand up to 150% of rated pressure, without damaging the device. Accuracy shall be within +2% of full scale. Sensors shall be manufactured by MAMAC No. PR-272-2-XX-B-1-2-2. 2) Pressure Switches. Pressure switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of+2% of range and withstand up to 150%of rated pressure. Sensors shall be diaphragm or bourdon tube design. Switch operation shall be adjustable over the operating pressure range. The switch shall have an application rated Form C, snap-acting, self-wiping contact of platinum alloy, silver alloy, or gold plating. Switches shall be manufactured by Johnson Controls, Model P-74FA-5-C. C. Flow Switches: Flow switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of+ 1% of their operating range. Switch actuation shall be adjustable over the operating flow range. Switches shall have snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the specific electrical application. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-41 SECTION 15600 HFATING,VFNTII,ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) g. Each T-Line for VAV application shall have a built-in air flow transducer for accurate air flow measurement in order to provide the Pressure Independent VAV operation. h. Each T-Line and TNI shall have LED indication for visual status of communication,power, and all outputs. i. Each TNI shall be software programmable for communicating at 9600 baud to 38.4 Kbps. Circuits shall be optically isolated. 3. Terminal Control Devices -T-Line a. Digital outputs: These outputs shall be 24VAC or VDC maximum, 3 amp maximum current. Each configurable as normally open or normally closed, and either dry contact or bussed. b. Universal inputs: Thermistor, dry contacts or 0-5VDC with 0-100K Ohm input impedance. C. Enhanced Zone Sensor Input: The input shall provide one thermistor input, one local setpoint adjustment, one timed local override switch and an occupancy LED indicator. 4. Instrumentation and Control a. Temperature Sensors: Sensors shall be of the type and have accuracy ratings as indicated and/or required for the application and shall permit accuracy rating of within I% of the temperature range of their intended use. 1) Sensors used for mixed air application shall be the averaging type and have an accuracy of +1°F. Kele Precon Model ST-FZ. 2) OA temperature sensors shall have a minimum range of -52°F to 152°F and an accuracy of within +111F in this temperature range. Kele Precon Model ST-O. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-40 , ON SECTION 15600 wn HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) +�w i. The LANgate shall provide two RS232 ports which can be connected to Central Site Workstations, portable computers, or modems. j. LANgate shall provide full arbitration between multiple users, whether they are communicating through the same LANgate or different ones. 2. Terminal Control Modules -T-Line a. Terminal Control Modules shall be capable of providing the Direct Digital Control of single zone terminal HVAC units; air handling units, fan coil units, exhaust fans, unit ventilators, etc. b. Each T-Line controller shall communicate with the Cmnet through the Tnet Interface Module (TNI). The TNI shall provide one RS485 port for a Cmnet connection and one RS485 port for the Tnet connection. In addition, a direct connect RS485 port shall also be provided for connection of a laptop computer. C. In the event of a loss of communication with the TNI, each T-Line controller shall store a default algorithm, which maintains the space temperature until communication with the TNI is restored. d. Each TNI shall execute application programs, calculations, and commands via a microcomputer resident in the TNI. The database and all application programs for each T-Line shall be stored in read/writable non-volatile memory within the TNI. All non-volatile memory shall have a battery backup of at least five years. e. The TNI shall contain both software and hardware to perform full DDC/PID control loops. T-Line shall be able to provide normal binary type output. f. Each T-Line shall be able to support various type of zone temperature sensors, such as: temperature sensor only, temperature sensor with built-in local override switch, with setpoint adjustment switch. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-39 ■. 00 SECTION 15600 HEATING=,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING AC) wR f Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor starters and from compressor motor starters to compressor motor. E. Field Hardware: Field hardware must be of a modular design to ensure reliability and system performance. �* 1. Global Network Controller-LANgate a. The LANgate shall be a microprocessor-based communications device which acts as a gateway between the System Control Module Network(CMnet) and the Global Network(Lgnet). b. Both the Cmnet and the Lgnet shall be "peer-to-peer" networks which allow all control modules to communicate with equal authority. C. Each LANgate shall support a Cmnet on which may reside any combination of up to 100 zone controllers, rooftop unit controllers, and/or Control Modules. d. The LANgate shall be responsible for routing global information from the various Cmnets which may be installed throughout a building. e. The Lgnet may configure as RS485 (38.4 Kbps), ARCnet (2.5 Mbps), or Ethernet(10 Mbps), or Token Ring (16Mbps) all of which may be implemented over fiber optic, twisted pair, or coaxial cable. f. Each Cmnet shall support up to 100 controllers. A g. Multiple LANgates can be added to the Lgnet if the projects require more than 100 controllers. h. Up to a total of 60 LANgates can be added to the Lgnet, each supporting up to 100 controllers (total capacity exceeds 500,000 points per Lgnet). C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-38 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVACI D. Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be installed and terminated by the ATC Contractor. Control wiring shall be as follows: 1. All circuits which are activated or deactivated by temperature control system components, such as, but not limited to, PE's and high and low limit protec- tive devices. 2. All circuits which activate or deactivate temperature control system components, such as solenoid air valve. 3. All temperature control panel wiring to terminal strips and field wiring from terminal strips to field mounted devices. 4. All wiring to the "Auto" side of hand-off auto switches on units being controlled by the ATC Contractor. 5. Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required to be located on or in temperature control panels. 6. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall be by the ATC subcontractor from sources provided by the Electrical Contractor specifically for that purpose. 7. All wiring shall comply with national, state, and local electrical codes. All power wiring will be installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor. Power wiring shall be defined as follows: a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying voltages greater than 120 volt(except for power to the temperature control panels). b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects, starters, and electric motors. C. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature control panels where required. d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused disconnects for each air compressor. e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors. C2901 Smith College '! Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-37 SECTION 15600 HFATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2. Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer and the College before any equipment is installed. Therefore, Shop Drawings must be submitted in time for review so that all installations can be completed per the project's completion schedule. 3. All Drawings shall be reviewed after the final system checkout and updated or corrected to provide "as-built" Drawings to show exact installation. The system will not be considered complete until the "as-built" Drawings have received their final approval. The Contractor shall deliver three (3) sets of "as-built" Drawings, and one (1) CADD disk of these Drawings. 4. Before final configuration, the Contractor shall provide UO Summary forms that include: *■ a. Description of all points. b. Listing of binary and analog hardware required to interface to the equipment for each function. C. Listing of all application programs associated with each piece of equipment. d. Failure modes for control functions to be performed in case of failure 5. Provide an accurate graphic flow diagram for each software program proposed to be used on the project as part of the submittal process. Revisions made as a result of the submittal process, during the installation, start-up or acceptance portion of the project, shall be accurately reflected in the "as-built" graphic software flow diagrams herein required by this specification. 6. The Contractor shall be able to simulate the operation of all software application programs to ensure they are free from design errors and that they accurately accomplish the application sequence of operations. The simulation must show each output value and how it varies in relation to an artificial time clock. The time clock may run at normal time increments, increased increments (fast motion) or decreased increments (slow motion). C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-36 SECTION 15600 HEATING.VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING AC) +Ms e. All modems and accessories. 7. Provide all software identified in Part 3 of this Specification. The database required for implementation of these specification shall be provided by the Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm limits, calibration variables, graphics, reports and point summaries. 8. The system as specified shall monitor, control, and calculate all of the points and perform all the function as listed in VO Summary Tables attached to the end of this specification. 9. Codes and Regulations. All electrical equipment and material and its installation shall conform to the current requirements of the following authorities: a. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) b. National Electric Code (NEC) «+ C. National Fire Code d. Uniform Building Code e. Uniform Mechanical Code f. Uniform Plumbing Code g. UL916 h. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most restrictive shall apply. Nothing in these plans and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to applicable codes. C. Submittals, Documentation and Acceptance 1. Shop Drawings. A minimum of six (6) copies of Shop Drawings shall be submitted and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials, including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation instructions. Shop Drawings shall also contain complete wiring, routing, schematic diagrams, tag number of devices, software descriptions, calculations, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system will function properly. Drawings shall show proposed layout and installation of all equipment and the relationship to other parts of the work. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-35 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) .� 7. Provide nameplates for all control devices. Devices on panels to have "Lamicoid" nameplates, isolated control valves, relays, etc. to be marked with stamped tape. B. Scope of Work 1. All temperature control work shall be performed by Yankee Technology, . Inc. of Ludlow, MA. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to co-ordinate all HVAC work with the Temperature Control Contractor prior to submit- ting a bid. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary hardware, wiring, pneumatic tubing, computing equipment and software as defined in this �* specification. 3. All material and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured and available and not custom designed especially for this pro- ject. All systems and components, except site specific software, shall have previously been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use prior to installa- tion on this project. 4. The system architecture shall be fully modular permitting expansion of application software, system peripherals, and field hardware. 5. The system, upon completion of the installation and prior to acceptance of the project, shall perform all operating functions as detailed in this Specifi- cation. 6. Provide the following system hardware: a. Central Site(s) and Control Modules b. All sensing devices and necessary transducers to perform the .. functions listed in I/O Summary Tables. C. All relays, switches, indicating devices, and transducers required to perform the functions listed in UO Summary Tables. d. All monitoring and control wiring and air tubing. „ C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-34 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2. The controls shall be a direct expansion of the Campus' existing energy management system as manufactured by automated Logic System 20/20, and shall be extended from the existing communication lines located in The Physical Plant. It is mandatory that the installed system be properly inter- faced with the existing central site (CS) computer hardware ALC 20/20 configuration and the existing master central site software library, located at the HVAC Department Building. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to develop site specific operating parameters, building name, general area maps, floor plans, mechanical system graphics, thermal graphs, all to be displayed graphically at the central site (CS) via the existing software programs. 3. All components of the direct digital controllers shall be manufactured by Automated Logic, or equal,with peripheral electric/electronic devices manu- factured by Barber Colman. 4. All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated Logic, i.e. Yankee Technology, Inc., of Ludlow, MA. The system shall be a properly integrated system installed by competent mechanics regularly employed in the profession of temperature control. Unless specified to the contrary, all equipment shall be fully proportioning. The control system shall be complete in all respects, including room thermostats, immersion thermostats, switches, relays, valves, cabinets and other accessory equip- ment, and a complete system of control wiring for integration into existing " remaining reused controls where specified, all connected and properly integrated to the control system. 5. The temperature control system shall be DDC and shall utilize electric/electronic power for the control dampers and valves. The control systems Lans connection shall be extended from the existing system. 6. All wiring, conduit, junction boxes, fittings, etc., necessary for the temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by the ATC Con- ` " tractor and shall conform to all standards and codes as described under Section 16000 - Electrical Work. Wiring shall be in metal raceways where required by prevailing codes. C2901 Smith College #" Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-33 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AYR CONDITIONING (HVACI � Vibration Mountings and Controls,Inc. D. Provide pipe alignment guides on both sides of expansion joints, and elsewhere as indicated. Construct with 4-finger spider traveling inside guiding sleeve, with provision for anchoring to building substrate. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe �. alignment guides of the following: Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. *+ Metraflex Co. 2.19 STRAINERS A. Pipeline strainers shall be full size, iron body, "Y" pattern and shall be installed on the inlet side of each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Strainers 2" and smaller shall have screwed ends; 2-1/2" and larger shall have flanged ends. B. Strainers for steam and condensate systems over 50 psig. shall be 250 lb. class. Strainers for other systems shall be 125 lb. class. Strainers shall be Illinois, Barnes and Jones, Armstrong, or equal, and shall be so installed as to permit ready removal of basket. Each strainer 2-1/2" and larger shall be provided with hose end globe valve on blow-off. .o 2.20 AC LESS PANELS A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, tec. installed above o` plastered ceilings, in walls, and all other non-accessible spaces. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12"); access panels in Am walls shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal" (12" x 12"). 2.21 AUTOMATIC TFMPFRATIJRF CONTROL .W A. General Requirements 1. All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated Logic. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-32 10 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VF.NTH.ATF1;G AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ 17. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation require- ments. Comply with Section 11, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials. 18. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation require- ments. 19. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply with SFA-5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials. 20. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges,unless otherwise indicated. 21. Note: Grooved piping will NOT be allowed. 2.18 PAC'KI.ESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Provide packless expansion joints where indicated for piping systems, with materials and pressure/temperature ratings selected by Installer to suit intended service. Select packless expansion joints to provide 200% absorption capacity of piping expansion between anchors. B. Expansion Compensators: Pressure rated for 60 psi for low pressure systems, 2-ply phosphor bronze bellows, brass shrouds and end fittings for copper piping systems, or 2-ply stainless steel bellows, carbon steel shrouds and end fittings for steel piping systems. Provide internal guides and anti-torque devices, and removable end clip for proper positioning. C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide expansion compensators of one of the following: Flexonics Div.; UOP, Inc. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Keflex, Inc. Metraflex Co. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-31 am SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTH,ATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (HVACI .. 4. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting and gasketing of the following material group, end connection and facing except as otherwise indicated, Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80. a. Material Group: Group 1.1 b. End Connections: Buttwelding C. Facings: Raised-face 5. Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short-radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe. 6. Yoloy Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ASTM A714. 7. Forged Branch Connection Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide type as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements, Bonney"Weldolets" or "Threadolets", or equal. 8. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1-1/2" and where pipe size is less than 1-1/2", and do not thread nipples full length(no close-nipples). 9. Copper Tube: ASTM B88; Type as indicated for each service; hard-drawn temper for water piping; soft temper for oil piping. 10. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B306. 11. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280. 12. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B 16.22. 13. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.23. .w 14. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B 16.29. 15. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B43. .. 16. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.15. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-30 �, SECTION 15600 HFATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2.1-1968. 4. Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with ASME B31.1, or ASME B31.9, as applicable, for shop and project site welding of piping work. B. Application 1. Hot and Dual Temperature Water Supply and Return and Steam Supply and Condensate Return: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, size 2" and smaller w. threaded, 2-1/2" and larger welded, or Type "L" copper for hot and dual temperature water. 2. Boiler Trim: Brass Pipe, Schedule 40,threaded, cast bronze fittings. 3. Refrigerant: Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class BAgl silver solder. 4. Condensate Drain (from cooling coils): Type M or DWV copper tube with cast or wrought drainage fittings in lieu of copper PVC drains may be used in fan room equipment and connection to existing lines. 5. Buried chilled water mains shall be Unico pre-insulated piping system. Pipe to be schedule 40 black steel with 2" thick urithan insulation and schedule 40 PVC jacket. C. Materials 1. Black Steel Pipe : ASTM A53, A106 or A120; except comply with ASTM A53 or A106 where close coiling or bending is required. 2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3; plain or galvanized as indicated. Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80. 3. Yoloy Steel Pipe: ASTM A714; Class 4; Grade IV. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-29 go op SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (,HVAC) wu 1. Hot Water/Chilled Water: a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 1-1/2 in. b. Runouts 1 in. and less: 1-1/2 in. C. Runouts 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: 2 in. d. Runouts 2-1/2 in. to 4 in.: 2 in. �• 2. Condensate Drains: a. Runouts up to 2 in.: 3/4 in. b. Runouts 1 in. and less: 3/4 in. C. Runouts 1-1/4 in. to 2 in.: 1 in. d. Runouts 2-1/2 in. to 4 in.: 1 in. 3. Steam and Condensate Return: a. Runouts up to 2 in: 1 12 in. b. Runouts 1 in. or less: 1 '/2 in. C. Runouts 2 '/z in. to 4 in: 2 in. w 2.17 PIPF, AND FITTINGS A. General 1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in force. 2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each and every length of pipe. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA .. Squash Court Renovations 15600-28 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VF.NTII.ATING AND AYR CONDITIONING (1fVAC)2. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the pipe and circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets. Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket materials used on adjoining insulation. 3. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 4. A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot water/chilled water piping. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier. 5. Attention is called for to the fact that on all hot water/chilled water, refrigerant, and condensate drain piping, oversized pipe hangers shall be fur- nished and pipe insulation shall be applied continuous along the pipe passing inside the hanger. 6. Pipe insulation for hot water, chilled water, and d=condensate drains shall be closed cell Armaflex insulation as manufactured by Gustin-Bacon, Manville, or other approved equal. Pipe insulation for steam and condensate returns piping shall be fiberglass with all service jacket. 7. All hot water, chilled water, condensate drains, refrigerant piping, and make up water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex, closed cell pipe insulation, or approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivi- ty not to exceed .25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F. per hour at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as scheduled below. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. Note: All steam and condensate return piping shall be 2"thick fiberglass with all service jacket. 8. Insulation of all steam and condensate piping shall be fiberglass with jacketed cover,thickness to be as listed below. G. Insulation thickness shall be as follows: Minimum Pipe Insulation Required: C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-27 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ A. All air supply, return, and fresh air ducts shall be insulated. Insulation for concealed ducts shall be 1-1/2 in. thick, 1-pound density glass fiber (flexible) duct insulation with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket equal to Manville Type FSK. •� Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster No. 85-20 adhesive. Lap jacket 2 in. at all seams and secure flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete vapor barrier. In addition, this concealed duct insulation shall be tied 18 in. o.c. with 18 gauge aluminum or copper wire where ducts exceed 24 in. in width. B. All concealed air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units shall be �* insulated in the same manner as for the ductwork for concealed supply ducts. C. All exposed fresh air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units and all exposed supply and return air ducts, or where so noted, shall be insulated with 1 in. thick, 6 pound density, rigid glass fiberboard with Manville Type EAF vaporseal facing. Attach board to ducts with double prong stick clips. Seal at joints to maintain vapor barrier. All edges and angles shall be reinforced with corner beads. Finish shall consist of tackboard of Benjamin Foster No. 30-36 Sealfas, embedded Manville Duramesh 205, and a heavy finish coat of Benjamin Foster No. 30-35 Sealfas, all applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. D. Acoustical Insulation: Duct lining acoustical insulation shall be shop installed by the Sheet Metal Contractor. Liner shall be 1-in. thick, 3-pound density, non-combustible glass fiber with U.L. approved neoprene coating on air side. Acoustical lining shall be installed where shown on Drawings. All lined ductwork shall be insulated as .� listed above unless otherwise noted. F. Pipe Insulation 1. All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U.L. 723. Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to these same fire retardant and smoke ratings. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-26 ,�, W SECTION 15600 ow®w HEATING,VENTILATING AND AiR CONDITIONING (HVACI C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to prevent galvanic corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for tensile strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-531 and shall be suitable for temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends shall be threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to match adjacent piping. The metal parts of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the galvanic current, which would exist with metal to metal contact. 2.13 PIPE SLEEVES A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes wr larger than line size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve without gouging. 2.14 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee &Mason, or equal. B. For all pipe 2-1/2" and larger- Grinnell Figure No. 20, at 10'intervals. C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or less, 10' intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated or plastic coated. E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12" PP from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. F. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping; hangers to be installed outside pipe insulation. G. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121C plastic coated riser clamp; to be installed immediately below a coupling. 2.15 INSITLATTO 02901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-25 SECTION 15600 EATING,VENTILATING AND AYR CONDITIONING (HVAQ A. Thermometers shall be Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice or Weiss, equal to Taylor 30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass, red reading mercury, 9" scale length, 2°F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extension when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned •� as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator's position. B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following: + 1. Hot water heating system: 25-240°F 2.11 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S. Gauge Company or Trerice equal to Ashcroft "Quality" line gauges, Grade A, 1% accuracy. Each gauge shall be installed with a pulsation damper (Ashcroft 4110613) and a brass lever handle gauge cock (Ashcroft #1095). B. Model number, size and range to be as follows: 1. Ashcroft - #1018, 3-1/2" dial, red tipped pointer with scale range such that normal operating pressure is approximately at mid-scale. 2.12 UNIONS A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the system in which they are installed. In black steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lb. black malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, 0836 or 0838. In copper and brass piping, they shall be 125 lb. bronze or brass with ground joint. B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb. raised face. Flanged joints shall be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt circle with graphite applied to both faces. ,■, C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-24 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2. Globe: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120 or 752; 3 in. and larger- Stockham Figure G-609 or G-613. 3. Check: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-319; 3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-931. 4. Ball Valves: Watts Series 600-SS-SH. E. All shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and larger shall be Watts Series G-4000, cast iron body, 316, steel disc and shaft, Nordel EPT seat, designed for bubbletight shutoff. Valves to be fitted with lever operator for two position operation. F. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes for the following valves when used as balance valves. G. Balance and/or shut-off valves 4 in. and larger - Tour & Anderson Series STAF, neoprene seat, semi-steel body, with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 psig working pressure, 125 pound ANSI flanges, Figure 101F or I I8F, G6-HI2. Provide open position stop on all valves. Provide hand operators for all valves which are 6 ft. or more above the floor. H. Balance and/or shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and 3 in. sizes - Tour & Anderson Series STAF, lever operated, faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 psig working pressure, Figure 118. Provide open position stops for all valves. I. For 2 in. and smaller - Balancing valves shall be Tour & Anderson Figure STAD or STA-D, semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze top and bottom bushings, complete with lever. Provide open position stop and plastic cap on all valves, which are labeled "Balance Valves" on the Drawings. All valves at fan coil unit shall be furnished with drain kit. J. Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco, Williams & Hager, or Smolensky equal to Muessco 105-DT silent type, steel body, stainless steel trim and spring, renewable seat, 150 psig ASME rated. 2.10 THERMOMETERS C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-23 ■0 .m SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) a, D. Motor shall be nominal integrated variable frequency drive totally enclosed fan .A cooled 1750 rpm and shall be especially selected for quit operation. The horse power of the motor shall be of such size as to insure non-overloading of the motor throughout the pump curve without the use of motor service factor. Pump motors .. shall be premium efficiency. Provide steel base. E. Pumps shall be Grundfos Series L. No substitutions will be allowed. •* 2.09 VALVES am A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below for special valves and shall be Crane, Watts, Walworth, or Tour & Anderson manufacture based on the following Stockham valves. All ball valves shall be Watts, and all balancing so valves shall be Tour and Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed. B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, in general, solder end an pattern, all bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 pounds non-shock water pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be gate valves, manual vents are to be globe type. C. Solder end valves are as follows: 1. Gate Valves - Stockham Figure B-109. 2. Globe Valves- Stockham B-14T. 3. Check Valves - Stockham B-309. 4. Drain Valves - Watts No. B-6000 ball valve with hose adapter, cap and chain. 5. Ball Valves - Watts Series B-6001-SS-XH. D. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows: 1. Gate: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120; 3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-620 or G-623. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-22 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WVAQ A. Provide duct mounted hot water coils as scheduled on the drawings. Coils shall be designed seamless 1-1/8" o.d. copper tubes. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled and firmly bonded to tubes. No soldering or tinning shall be used in the casing. Capacities, pressure drops and selection proce- dure shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410-72. 1. Water coils shall be pitched for proper drainage and venting. 2. Coils shall have a supply header to ensure distribution to each 5/8" o.d. tube. 3. Coils shall be leak tested with(315 psig) air pressure under water. 4. Coils shall have fully flanged frames, with capacities as shown on the Drawings. 5. Furnish with stainless steel double wall insulated drain pan, all in an enclosed fully flanged frame. 2.10 CIRCULATING PUMPS (In Tine Type)A. The pumps shall be of the centrifugal in-line coupled type, especially designed and constructed for quiet operation. Capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings. B. Pump end shall be of the in-line, single stage design with close-coupled motor. The pump models shall be furnished as shown on the plans and installed in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations. The pump shall be capable of operating continuously at temperatures from 5°F to 2500 (-15°C to 121°C) and working pressures of 175 PSI (12 Bars). Pump flanges shall be ANSI B16.1, 125-1b. flat face. C. The pump housing, motor stool, and shaft coupling shall be constructed of close- grained cast iron. The impeller, impeller seal ring, and pump shaft shall be constructed of stainless steel. The impeller shall be secured to the splined pump shaft end by means of a stainless steel lock nut and locking washer. The seal faces shall be if tungsten carbide/carbon with other mechanical seal parts constructed of stainless steel. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-21 r w. SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING WRAC) � A. The utility vent set shall be of the centrifugal fan type completely assembled with fan, fan scroll, motor, belt drive, motor mount and motor housing. The capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings and certified performance tests by AMCA shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings. B. The fan shall be mounted and supported as shown by the detail on the Drawings. The mounting shall be complete with vibration isolators as recommended by the manufacturer. The unit shall be provided with weather protection. C. Fan housing shall be constructed of steel sheet and all parts shall be bonderized +�+ and then coated with baked primer-finisher especially formulated to meet stringent corrosion resistance standards. The fan scroll shall be attached to the side plates by means of continuous lock seam or welded seam construction. �* Intermittent spot welded type construction will not be acceptable. Provide access door and drain connection on unit KE-1IA. D. The fan wheels shall be of the backwardly inclined non-overloading type. E. The shaft shall be constructed of C 1040 ground and polished steel. F. The bearings shall be of the ball bearing type and shall be especially constructed for quiet operation. Bearings shall be of the self-aligning grease pack, pillow block type, selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours. .. G. Motor and drive shall be belt drive with adjustable motor sheave. Motor nameplate horsepower shall exceed brake horsepower by a minimum of 5%. Belts shall be of the oil resistant type. Motor shall be especially designed for quiet operation. H. A factory wired non-fused disconnect switch shall be located under the housing of the unit. Provide spring vibration isolators for each fan. I. Fan shall be Greenheck Model SWB or equal by Loren-Cook or Jenn Air. 2,08 WATER COILS S C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA ` Squash Court Renovations 15600-20 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTR ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) E. The heating coil shall be of the continuous aluminum plate fin and copper tubes type, assembled in a zinc coated steel frame. The coil shall be pitched in the unit casing for proper drainage the coil shall be tested at 250 psig air pressure under water. Coils shall be of the steam distributing, "non-freeze" type. F. All units furnished with chilled water coils shall have drain pans pitched for even flow of condensate with side drain connections on both sides of unit. Provide copper tube "P" trap with cleanout in condensate drain piping, "P" traps shall be equal to unit pressure. G. Provide, where noted on schedules, internal face and bypass dampers with full size coils. H. High capacity mixing section shall be furnished with properly located access doors equipped with handles. Internal slides shall be provided for filter racks. Filters shall be removable from either end of Section. I. Bag filter and pre-filter sections shall be provided with all units. Each unit shall be furnished with three(3) sets of pre and final filters. 2.06 GRAVITY VENTILATORS A. Furnish and install where indicated on the Drawings and where scheduled, extruded aluminum "tiered" intake ventilation penthouse. The penthouse louvers are to be constructed of .080" extruded aluminum welded to the structural supports. The hood shall be constructed of .060" aluminum and provided with a layer of anti- condensate coating. The corners of-the unit shall be mitered and continuously welded aling the miter. The ventilator shall be provided with bird screen. The intake performance shall be based on actual test data in accordance with AMCA test guidelines. B. The ventilator shall be provided with 12" high fully welded insulated roof curb with wood nailers and a motorized back draft damper. C. Gravity ventilators shall be manufactured by Greenheck, Loren-Cook or approved equal. 2.07 1JTTLITY FAN C2901 Smith College ! " Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-19 M ,.p SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) IM ■m A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings, central station draw-through units of the types, sizes, and capacities as scheduled on the Drawings. All units shall be factory-assembled and tested and shall be as manufactured by the Trane Company, York International or McQuay. No substitutions will be allowed. B. Units shall consist of modular fan and coil sections, filter section, internal face and bypass sections where called for, adjustable motor bases for high efficiency, totally enclosed NEMA frame motors, and OSHA approved belt guards. Casing shall be of complete frame with removable panels, modular, flush mounted into the unit framework with properly located access panels. Casing shall be double wall insulated with a 1 in. minimum thickness fiberglass insulation with a density of not less than 1-1/2 lbs. accordance with NFPA Bulletin No. 90A. Insulation shall be ... secured to casing with waterproof adhesive and permanent fasteners. All cabinet surfaces shall be galvanized. C. Fans shall be centrifugal type, double inlet, double width. They shall be of the forward curved, low speed type on all sizes. Fan housing shall be equipped with adjustable cut-off. All fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced and tested at rated speed after being installed in factory assembled units. Bearings shall be self-aligning, grease lubricated ball bearings sized to provide minimum average bearing life of 200,000 hours. Lubrication fittings shall be extended to the exterior cabinet. Fan shafts shall be solid, cold finish steel, turned, grout ground, and polished to insure trouble-free operation and tolerances within the recommendations of bearing manufacturers. Fan motors shall be mounted to an adjustable pivot base in optional position external to the unit. Fan V-belt drive shall be of the variable pitch type. Fan belt guard shall be furnished by the .unit manufacturer, easily removable, and made of solid steel with tachometer openings. Inlet vanes shall be �" furnished where so called for on the schedule. D. Coil sections shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel with removable panels and shall be arranged for the removal of the coil from either end of the unit. Combina- tion hot water/chiller coils shall consist of 5/8 in. o.d. copper tubing on 1-1/2 centers arranged in a staggered pattern with respect to circulation of airflow. They shall be bonded to the tubes by hydraulic expansion of tubes and the coils tested with 300- lbs. pneumatic pressure under water. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA ' Squash Court Renovations 15600-18 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING CnAQ A. Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance with the above Specifications. Any variations in design details, fittings, or accessory items for which approval is requested shall be specifically marked on the Drawings, as shall any major „ variations from the Drawing (minor variations are assumed to be field conditions). Drawings for Fan Room shall be at 3/8 in. = 1 ft. 0 in. scale. B. The Drawings shall not be submitted to the Engineer for approval until the ductwork has been coordinated with all other trades. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall assume the responsibility for and bear the cost of any alterations required after approval because of inaccurate Shop Drawings or lack of proper coordination, and also for any changes in sheet metal erected prior to approval of Shop Drawings. 2.03 AIR DIFFITSERS,GRILLES, AND REGISTERS A. Diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be Anemostat-Waterloo, Titus, or Barber ! * Colman, equal to those specified in the Following paragraphs. See Drawings for sizes, cfm's, locations, and qualities of.various types. In general, all units shall be installed with face bars parallel to floor or nearest wall. All volume control dampers shall be key operated. Finish for all diffusers, grilles, and registers to be factory finished with color selected by the Engineer. !!' B. Top Supply Register (TSR) - Titus Model 272FL/AG-15 aluminum construction, double deflection, white finish,with opposed blade damper. C. Slot Diffusers (SD-A) - Titus Model ML-38, adjustable slot diffusers three (3) 3/4” slots, type 2A border and volume damper. D. Bottom Return Register (BRR) - Titus Model 1707, double reflection register with opposed blade damper. 2.04 LOUVERS A. All wall louvers shall be extruded aluminum construction, equal to the following Ruskin Mfg. Co. model. 1. Type "A" - No. ELF375D with box frame, extended sill, 1/2" aluminum mesh bird screen, and Kynar 500 finish. 2.05 AIR HANDLING UNIT (Alternate Rid No. 1) C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-17 00 so SECTION 15600 HEATING„VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVA() 3. Lining shall be Certainteed No. 300 "Ultralite", or equal. 4. All new round lined duct shall be United McGill "Acousti-K-27 double wall spiral formed with 1"thick insolation. Q. Where called for on Drawings, final connections to diffusers and registers shall be ap made with flexible ductwork, UL listed, Class 1. To be Thermaflex S-LP-10 for exhaust/return, M-KA for supply, or equal. Joints shall be sealed with duct tape and Thermaflex duct straps. Connection to rigid ductwork shall be made with spun conical taps. R. Install duct-type smoke detectors furnished by the Electrical Contractor. ■* S. Flexible Air Duct: 1. Flexible air duct shall be Wiremold, Thermoflex, Cleveflex, or equal, and shall be equal to Wiremold Type CRK Vanguard Duct. 2. Flexible duct shall be manufactured from fully annealed aluminum and formed into a multiple corrugated construction, then encased with 1 inch, 3/4 lb. density fiberglass blanket and sheathed with a vinyl vapor barrier. The duct shall have an inside-bending radius of not more than 3/4 inch I.D. It must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed as Class 1 air duct, UL Standard 181. Duct shall have published pressure ratings of not less than 10 ft. S.A. positive pressure, .5 inch W.A. negative pressure. Duct shall also be UL rated for velocities up to 6,500 F.P.M.E. T. Flexible Connections: Provide, in each duct connection to every air handling unit and fan, 30 ounce double neoprene coated woven glass fabric flexible connection not less than 4" long securely held to retaining clamps. U. Water heater flue and intake ducts (Alternate No. 3) shall be metalbestos "PS" double wall insulated duct complete with roof thimble and weather cap. 2,02 DITCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-16 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) M. Duct joint sealing,reinforcing, flanges, etc. for rectangular sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining airtight ducts at 2" WG Maximum static pressure with maximum leakage of 5% of total fan capacity; 1/2 of 1% for round and oval ducts. All joints in ductwork shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer, or equal. N. Duct systems shall have sufficient volume dampers, whether or not shown, to control and adjust the total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and at each diffuser or grille. The HVAC Contractor shall consult with the College's Balancing Contractor for the proper placement of volume dampers prior to installation. Volume dampers shall be of the butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized iron blade. All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD locking quadrant. All dampers shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of shaft mounted on a 2" x 3" x 1/8" plate held to duct with sheet metal screws. Maximum width of single blades shall be 14". Splitter dampers shall not be used. O. Provide where shown or indicated on the Drawings fire and/or smoke dampers with a UL label for not less than 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance with UL-555 continuing inspection service. Blades and frame shall be galvanized steel construction with blades of an interlocking design, having two folded guides which serve as stops. Fusible links shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 1351, 20 pounds, issue A. Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition of NFPA-90A, mounted with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" returning angles on both sides of partition, wall, or floor, and sleeves as per the UL test under which the damper fire rating was obtained. Angles shall completely close the wall opening and provide anchorage to the dampers. Damper blade stack shall not reduce duct free area. P. Apply duct liner thermal-acoustic insulation in low velocity duct systems as shown on the Drawings. 1. Duct lining for rectangular ducts shall be shop installed by the Sheet Metal Contractor. Material shall be 1" nominal thickness, 3-pound density, non- combustible glass fiber with UL approved neoprene coating on air side. 2. Insulation shall be applied with 100% adhesive coverage, plus stick clips on all sides of duct, 24" on center in direction of air flow, 12" to 18" on center at right angles to air flow. Coat leading edge of each insulation section with adhesive. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-15 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VFNTH ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) G. Ducts from 18" to 30" wide shall be jointed with 1/2" standing bar slips made of metal the same as or heavier than duct sheets. Joints in ducts with either dimension over 30" shall have 1" standing bar slips on those sides over 30". Where sides are over 42", the standing bar slips will be reinforced with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" angles. Additional angle stiffeners not over 60" apart shall be provided between joints. Ducts over 60" in width shall be jointed with 1-1/2" x 1/8" angle irons riveted to ductwork on all sides with 1/8" rivets at not more than 4-1/2" on centers, sections bolted with 3/16" stove bolts at not over 6" centers, sheets turned over angles into joint at least 1/4". H. Sheet metal screws 3/4" 410 may be used to attach stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams, spaced not over 12" on centers and not less than two per side of 12" or more, except where specified otherwise. Button punching shall not be used except for pre-erection attachment of fittings. I. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual +.R damper, reheat coil, steam injection humidifier at each fire damper, and at every duct mounted control device. Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast type rotary latches. Where space limitations do not allow for full swing of the access door, two rotary type latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation. Insulate doors located in insulated ductwork. All doors shall be �* gasketed. Door shall be 12" by 12" minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for access to fire damper fusible links or other devices. J. Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq. ft. in area or above shall be round bar type fastened to 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" angles under the ducts. Ducts less than 4 sq. ft. in area shall be hung with black 1" x 1/16" strap iron bent 1" under bottom side of the duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws, using not less than two screws per side and as many more so that they are not greater than 6" centers. K. Hangers are to be placed on not greater than 8'-0" centers or closer where required so that the ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point. ,w L. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for, the sheet metal duct size shown on the Drawings must be increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or cross sectional area shown on the Drawings. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-14 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVA ) A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings, duct locations and elevations must be co-ordinated with work of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure, piping, conduit and light fixtures. B. All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet of bend forming quality. C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and latest ASHRAE or SMACNA requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing and supports. All exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to provide a neat, smooth, finished appearance. Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are turned on or off. D. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in shape or dimensions shall be made by the HVAC Contractor without first obtaining approval from the Engineer, except that duct shall be offset as required to clear structural members and to co- ordinate with other trades and any duct changes must meet the latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards. E. The center line radius of all duct elbows where shown on the Drawings shall be at least one and one-half times the width of the duct. Where building conditions do not allow for this radius or where square turns are shown, manufactured double walled duct turns equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the supply or exhaust air ducts and "Sonotru" acoustical attenuating turns as manufactured by South Control Products Co. shall be used in any air ducts where acoustical insulation is included. F. Duct sections F-6" wide or less shall be butted together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8" wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint. Standing bar slips as specified for ducts over 18" may be used at the HVAC Contractor's option. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-13 SECTION 15600 HEATING„VENTILATING AND AiR CONDITIONING (HVAC) wer A. See Section 01030 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work of the HVAC Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all HVAC work specified and shown on the Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates. C. Alternate Bid No. 1 —New Squash Court Air Handling U nit 1. The work of alternate No. 1 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new air handling unit (AHU-2) and return fan (RF-2) to serve the renovated squash courts as shown on the contract �• drawings. The work of this alternate shall include, but is not limited to, all piping, ductwork, controls, power wiring, demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. D. Alternate Bid No. 2—New Chilled Water Pumps and Piping 1. The work of alternate No. 2 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new chilled water mains to the Answorth Facility, new chilled water pump, and all new building chilled distribution piping shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include but is not limited to all piping, pumps, controls, power wiring and excavation, and cleanout required for a complete operational system. E. Alternate Bid No. 3 —New Domestic Water Heating System 1. The work of alternate No. 3 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new domestic water heating system shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include but is not limited to all gas and water piping, insulation, gas fired water heater, steam water heater, controls and power wiring and demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 SHEET METAL, WORK C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-12 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Engineer. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire dampers, volume dampers, control dampers and control valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added to these Drawings prior to submittal to the Engineer. In addition to the above all revised areas shall be clearly marked with a revision bubble. 1.20 ALTERNATES C2901 Smith College Northampton,NIA Squash Court Renovations 15600-11 SECTION 15600 IiFATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of .� replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the part of the HVAC Contractor. D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. „ 1.17 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of cleaning. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil ' or grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean. 1.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-10 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 5. Lubrication chart. 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 7. Valve chart. 8. List of recommended spare parts. 9. Copies of all service contracts. 10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc. 11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control" paragraphs of this Section for additional requirements. 1.16 PROTECTION A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing or foreign material. C2901 Smith College ±+ Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-9 ow m SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND ATR CONDITIONING (HVAC) A. The HVAC Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all ., parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The HVAC Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS •�* A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Contractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver +*� three (3) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Engineer, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3. Winter/summer changeover procedures. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-8 k SECTION 15600 HEATING,VE.NTII,ATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ A. Delivery: The HVAC Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. Delivery and storage of materials and equipment must be co-ordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant, and is limited to areas designated by the College. B. Storage and Handling: The HVAC Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The HVAC Contractor „ shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Contractor. B. The HVAC Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the HVAC Contractor. 1.13 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade. 1.14 GUARANTEE. C2901 Smith College PIP Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-7 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AYR CONDITIONING (HVAC) B. The HVAC Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.09 TEMPORARY HOOK-YIPS . A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in ,R Division 1. 1.10 PLANS AND SPEC'IFIC'ATIONS A. The HVAC Contractor shall refer to all the Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Subcontract requirements. B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The HVAC Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The HVAC Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. E. The HVAC Contractor shall consult the College's Temperature Control and Balancing Contractor to co-ordinate work of these trades and to have a full comprehension of the work to be done as well as to determine the conditions affecting the location and placement of all equipment and materials. 1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-6 SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING AC) A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their require- „ ments and be so labeled. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished on the project. In addition to the above, one (1) set of Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the College's HVAC Department for review and approval. B. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Engineer for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the HVAC Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the.Specifications, the Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Engineer. 1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The HVAC Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. cz901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-5 to SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) G. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Engineer before proceeding with the work. J. Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the HVAC Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements. No substitution will be allowed for the Trane, York, or McQuay air handling units and condensing unit, Trane, McQuay or International fan coil units, Watts ball valves, Grundfos pumps, Tour and Anderson balancing valves, Tunstall steam traps. B. The HVAC Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.06 PRODUCTS C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA .A Squash Court Renovations 15600-4 OR SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) A. The HVAC Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The HVAC Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the HVAC Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Engineer after construction work begins. C. The HVAC Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC W Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the HVAC Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The HVAC Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The HVAC Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the HVAC Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC Contractor shall lay out all his work at the site and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Contractor installing such items. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-3 am SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 8. Energy management (building automation) system. All temperature control work shall be by Yankee Technology,Inc. 9. Installation of and connection to equipment furnished by others. 10. Air and water balance,tests, start-up. All water and air testing and balancing *+ shall be preformed by Wings Testing and Balancing, Inc and billed directly to the College. 11. Guarantee. 12. Instructions. 13. Record Drawings. 14. Demolition, removal from site and legal disposal of all existing heating and ventilating systems and equipment, made obsolete by new construction. All piping and equipment shall be the property of the College and shall be delivered to such places designated by the College. 1.03 CODES. ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Engineer rules otherwise. B. The HVAC Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-2 on SECTION 15600 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAQ PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the follow- ing; 1. Air Handling Unit. 2. New water heater flue piping including all flashing collars and rain hoods. 3. Hot water and chilled water coils. 4. Piping systems for hot and chilled water and condensate drainage, steam supply and condensate return, including pumps, heat exchanger valves, and specialties. 5. Duct systems for supply, return, and exhaust, including fire dampers, regis- ters, louvers, and terminal boxes. 6. Exhaust fans. 7. Insulation for piping, ductwork, and equipment. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 15600-1 w SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. END OF SECTION Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-21 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING E. Submit test results to Owner. 3.11 WATER SERVICE A. The Plumbing Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to have a new water meter installed by the Northampton Water Department. The Plumbing Contractor shall order the new meter, and the College shall be billed direct for all charges. 3.12 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including,but not limited to, the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. . 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies,prepare all penetrations for pipes. E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size, leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-20 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 3.07 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: Soil, waste, vent and water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing Contractor and approved before acceptance. Underground piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector, and shall be performed as required by the Plumbing Code. 3.08 C'I,F.ANING ITP A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job, thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster, stickers, rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every part in perfect condition and ready for use. 3.09 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIO A. All equipment finished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and be included in his Bid. PW 3.10 DISINFF.CTIO A. Flush out entire system. B. Introduce chlorine or solution of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite. Fill lines slowly and apply agent at rate which will produce 50 parts per million of chloride as determined by residual chlorine tests at end of lines. Open and close valves and hydrants while system is being chlorinated. C. After twenty-four (24) hours, test for residual chlorine. If more than 5 ppm are present, flush out system until all traces are removed. D. After disinfection, flush treated water from system through its extremities. Continue flushing until samples of water are satisfactory to local authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat flushing if samples taken daily over next three (3) days indicate that quality of water is not being maintained. Do not draw samples from hydrants and undisinfected hose. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-19 .w. SECTION 15400 PLUMBING weaken structural portions of the building. Above ground piping shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated. Branch pipes from service .a lines may be taken from top, bottom or side of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. Supply pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and other services to permit not less than 1/2" between finished covering on the different services. B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for ** expansion and contraction of pipe. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of plumbing shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. B. Cutting of openings larger than those that can be drilled will be performed by the General Contractor. C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, will be performed by the General Contractor. 3.05 INSULATION A. Insulation shall be applied by an independent Insulation Contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls. Covering shall be applied before masonry proceeds. C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed. 3.06 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and set all sleeves required. All water piping passing through masonry walls shall be provided with standard weight steel pipe, or Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves, inside diameter to be slightly larger than pipe passing through same. Center pipe in sleeve. B. Provide chromium plated escutcheons where un-insulated pipes pass through walls. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-18 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING t : 2. Fittings: Changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made with reducing fittings. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 450 wyes, long or short sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, or by a combination of those or equivalent fittings. Single and double sanitary tees uA and 1/4 bends may be used in drainage lines only where the direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 3. Union Connections: Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the inlet side of the traps. Use of bushings will not be permitted. B. Joints: Installation of pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted. Threaded joints shall have American National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite compound, or with polytetrafluorethylene tape applied to the male threads. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE A. Bedding for the pipe shall provide full and stable support, with recesses excavated for pipe bells. All pipe shall be laid to the specified line and grade, with a firm bearing throughout each length and with the bell ends uphill. B. Pipe Joints: The flexible water tight rubber gaskets shall be installed in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer. C. Plastic Pipe: Install plastic piping in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. At minimum, envelope all PVC pipe in 6" of screened gravel. Clear interior of conduit of dirt and debris as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. D. Joint Adapters: Make joints between PVC pipe and other type of pipe with standard manufactured PVC adapters and fittings. E. Lay conduit beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. 3.03 WATER PIPE. FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS A. Mains, Branches and Runoffs: Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be taken not to Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-17 w. SECTION 15400 PLUMBING .. A. Furnish and install a gas fired water heater, consisting of one (1)AO smith GW-21 DO generators, shall remain and be re-piped to new Viessman Tanks. Heater shall be direct vent type with flow switch and micro processor control to deliver 1884 gpm. B. Furnish and install circulation pump CP-2 to deliver 45 GPM min. at 40 ft. head, with 1.0 HP, 208 volt motor, Taco pump Model No. 100-138. C. Furnish and install thermal expansion absorber, as manufactured by Amtrol Model AST-180, with 36 gallon acceptance volume, 77 gallon tank volume, ASME tank pre- charge tank with butyl-diaphragm liner, FOA approved. D. Indirect Steam-Fired Storage Water Heaters: Furnish and install six (6) Viessman Verticell-HG 450-120 gallon indirect fired storage water heaters. New water heater shall have a steam heat exchange capable of delivering 300 gph at 100° F. temperature differences. E. Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible to provide an angle iron support frame to support heater (4 in. by 4 in. by 3/8 in. angle iron) min. of 36 in. high. Actual height to be coordinated with Heating Contractor to allow proper installation of steam traps. 2.14 DEMOLITION A. Removal of all obsolete fixtures, drains, piping, etc., not to be re-used shall be removed by this Contractor and shall become the property of the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for delivering and/or properly disposing of all obsolete equipment to such places as designated by the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING A. Installation: 1. Drainage and Vent Pipes: Horizontal soil, rain leaders and waste pipes shall *�* have a minimum grade of 1/4" per foot for piping 3" and less and 1/8" per foot for piping larger than 3". Horizontal waste lines receiving the discharge from two or more fixtures shall be provided with end vents unless separate venting of fixtures is noted. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-16 i IAA SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 2.11 ACCESS PANELS +w A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, balancing fittings, or cleanouts in masonry walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard walls or ceilings, shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12" min.); in walls, shall be Karp type DSC-214M "Universal" (12" x 12"); for drywall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12" x 12" min.) with screwdriver type lock. �+ B. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc., Inryco, Inc., Milcor Division, Birmingham Ornamental Iron, or equal. 2.12 PLUMBING FIXTITRF,S AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS A. General Requirements: Reference made herein to numbers of plumbing fixtures to establish type and quality of materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose key pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and installed with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and connected to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons shall be chromium plated or nickel plated brass with polished, bright surfaces. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish all supports, brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and, if necessary, shall be built into place as the building progresses. This Contractor shall be held responsible for the stability and proper support of all plumbing fixtures. C. Hose Bibb (P-1) 1. Woodford Model No. 24P, with vacuum breaker and loose key. ew D. Floor Drain(P-2) 1. Wade Model No. 1100 w/FC7 Strainer. E. Floor Drain (P-2A) 1. Mechanical room floor drains to be Zurn 415 with type`B strainer. 2.13 WATER NEATER SYSTEM (Alternate Na. 31 Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-15 M w SECTION 15400 PLUMBING B. Provide at water entrance, on both sides of pressure reducing valve. +� 2.08 HOT WATER CIRCITLATING PUMP (Alternate No_ 31 A. New recirculation pumps shall be as follows: 1. CP-1: Taco Model 007 Cartridge aquastat, operation to deliver 3 gpm at 10'- 0"head, 1/25 hp, 115 volt, 10. 2. CP-2: Taco Model 1612 Series in-line pump, operation to deliver 45 gpm at 20'-0"head, 1/2 hp, 208 volt, 30. 3. CP-3: Taco Model 007 Cartridge aquastat, operation to deliver 3 gpm at 10% 0"head, 1/25 hp, 115 volt, 10. B. This Contractor shall furnish and install pump aquastat for pump. Wiring of pump and aquastat shall be by the Electrical Contractor. C. Circulating pump shall be Taco Cartridge circulators. No substitutions will he ,911owed- ON 2.09 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE ASSEMBLY (Alternate Nn 3) A. Furnish and install one Powers Co.'s Model 1434-RB-D-M-1-2 Thermostatic Water Mixing Valve, inlet checkstops, outlet volume/shut-off valve, dial thermometer (range: 0 to 140 degrees F.), rough bronze finish, complete with unions and interconnected copper piping, solid bi-metal corrosion resistant thermostat element. B. Unit shall be factory assembled, tested, and shall consist of a 2" main valve. Unit is sized for 0 gpm. At a 101b. P.D, minimum flow 5 gpm. C. No substitutions will be allowed- D. See Drawings for size and model number for each building. 2.10 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS ■• A. Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. SC-Series type shock absorbers, sizes as shown on Drawings, or as required. N_Q "" srnhstitutions will he allowed- no Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations *� 15400-14 on pop SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 2.05 INSULATION A. All water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex closed cell pipe insulation with self- sealing lap, 1" thick for hot water, and return hot water 1/2" thick for cold water. Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type. All exposed piping within 10'-0" of finished floor shall be insulated as noted above and shall be fully jacketed with a PVC cover. B. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered cut insulation applied over fittings with joints taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces to go form a vapor barrier. C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade. D. Install a twelve (12") inch length of wood blocking at each hanger; insulation shall run continuous through the hanger. Jacket shall match adjacent insulation jacket. E. All exposed drain and water piping at handicapped lavatories shall be insulated with Truebro "Handi Lav-Guard", or equal,molded insulation kit. M� 2.06 THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice, or Weiss, equal to Trerice 80700 with aluminum case, industrial glass, dial type, 4-1/2" diameter, 2°F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response, but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator's position. B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following: 4 1. Hot water: 30°F - 180°F. r■ C. Provide at inlet and outlet hot water heater and at mixing valve. 2.07 PRESSURE GAUGES A. 4-1/2" dial, double-spring with soft copper tubing loop and pet cock. Operating range shall be in the center of the scale. To be U.S. Gage Co., or approved equal. l* Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-13 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING TMBING .. 3. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, or equal. NO F. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A- 3/4". G. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or I13-440. H. Pressure Reducing Valves 1. Pressure reducing valves (PRV) shall be as manufactured by Watts Regulator Co., Model U513-GG 1 '/2" set to provide 50 psi to building with thermal bypass. Watts Regulator Co. Model U5813-GG 3/4" with thermal bypass in parallel. No substitutions shall b . allow d_ 2. Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings, Ametek/U.S. Gauge Co.'s Figure P500, 2" diameter, 0 lb. to 100 lbs. 2.03 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter& Paterson, Fee& Mason, or equal. B. For cast iron pipe - Grinnell Fig. 260, one to each length of cast iron pipe; at twelve foot(12)intervals for threaded piping. C. For hot, cold, and return water piping - Grinnell Fig. 70 at six foot (6) intervals for copper tubing 1-1/4" or less; ten foot (10') intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. Install Fig. 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation. Hangers to be in- stalled outside the insulation. Hangers for gas piping shall be installed at eight foot (8) intervals. D. Hangers or supports shall be placed within one foot (1') of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over five feet (5) in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 1/2" from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. 2.04 CLEANOITTS A. Where cleanouts occur in finished floors throughout the building, they shall be Zurn ZN-1405-2, nickel-bronze for concrete finish floor; Zum ZN-1405-7 nickel-bronze recessed for resilient floors; Zurn ZN-1405-7 for ceramic tile floors; ZN-1405-14 for *• carpeted floors; or equal by J. R. Smith or Wade. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-12 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING Series B6001. No substitutions will he allowed_ Valves shall be provided with stainless steel ball, reinforced teflon seats and seals, bronze body, 400 psi wog, positive 100% shut-off. All valves to be furnished with valve handle extension sized to match pipe insulation thickness. B. Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2" or 3/4" solder by 3/4" hose end with attached cap and chain. C. Gate Valves: 1. Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves 4" and larger, shall be Class 125 iron body bronze mounted with body and bonnet conforming to 200 psi wog non-shock cast iron, flanged ends, with Teflon packing, two-piece �! packing gland assembly, Hammond Figure 1R1138, Stockman, or equal. 2. Valves 3" and smaller where indicated on the Drawings shall be Class 125. Body and bonnets shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, solid disc, copper silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end, Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond 1 R113 8, or equal. 3. Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond, American Valve, �A or equal. D. Balancing Valves: 1. Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install balance circuit setter, with calibrated scale, with bronze body and disc and connections for differential pressure meter. 2. Balancing valves shall be Tour&Anderson. w E. Check Valves 1. Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the Drawings. Checks up to 2" shall be Class 125. Solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc, Stockham Figure B-309. 2. Check valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, flanged, swing type disc, Stockham Figure G-931. Smith college Northampton,MA Squash court Renovations 15400-11 M SECTION 15400 PLUMBING Facility, new chilled water pump, and all new building chilled distribution piping shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall wo include but is not limited to all piping, pumps, controls, power wiring and excavation , and cleanout required for a complete operational system. E. Alternate Bid No. 3 —New Domestic Water Heating System 1. The work of alternate No. 3 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new domestic water heating system shown of the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include but is not limited to all gas and water piping, insulation, gas fired water heater, steam water heater, controls and power wiring and demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. All soil, waste, and vent piping in accessible areas 2-1/2" and larger, shall be cast iron "no hub", ASA Group 022 pipe and fittings, joined with cast iron clamps as manufactured by "Clamp-All". No substitutions will be allowed_ All soil, waste, and vent below slab shall be service weight, cast iron pipe with oakum and lead, sealed gas and watertight. In lieu of lead and oakum joint piping, below slab may be service weight with push-on rubber rings. B. In lieu of cast iron piping, pipe sizes 3" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper pipe with solder fittings. C. All waste lines 2" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper. All vent lines 2" and smaller shall be type "M" copper. D. All hot, cold and re-circulating hot water piping within the building shall be hard copper Type "L" seamless draw tubing, assembled with sweat fittings. All solders used shall be lead free, cadmium free, "Silberbrite-100", or equal, complying with the latest issue of ANSI A-5.8 publications. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and ., sinks shall be chrome plated. 2.02 BALL VALVES A. On water lines inside the building, ball valves shall be as manufactured by Watts Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations . , 15400-10 On �w SECTION 15400 PLUMBING C. During the course of constriction, all equipment and pipes shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean. ■ 1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, buried '" sanitary, vent and water piping and valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added to these Drawings prior to submittal to the Architect. In addition to the above all revised areas shall be clearly marked with a revision bubble. In 1.20 ALTERNATE BIDS IN A. See Section 01030 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids. Work of the Plumbing Subcontractor is more specifically described below. In B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all Plumbing work specified and shown on the Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates. C. Alternate Bid No. 1 —New Squash Court Air Handling U nit 1. The work of alternate No. 1 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new air handling unit (AHU-2) and return fan (RF-2) to serve the renovated squash courts as shown on the contract drawings. The work of this alternate shall include, but is not limited to, all piping, ductwork, controls, power wiring, demolition and legal disposal of existing systems required for a complete operational system. D. Alternate Bid No. 2—New Chilled Water Pumps and Piping 1. The work of alternate No. 2 shall be defined as the addition in price above the base bid to furnish and install new chilled water mains to the Answorth In Smith college Northampton, MA 1• Squash court Renovations 15400-9 go A■ SECTION 15400 PLUMBING shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Lubrication chart. 5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. MW 6. Valve chart. 7. List of recommended spare parts. 8. Copies of all service contracts. 9. Performance curves for pumps, etc. 10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.17 GUARANTEE A. The Plumbing Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work- and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.18 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of cleaning. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being .. placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations *� 15400-8 Off SECTION 15400 PLUMBING +* C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. a ! The Plumbing Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by '"n the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. 1■ F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.15 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, hangers and supports shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade, unless specifically so shown on the Drawings. When pipes are indicated to be installed in exterior walls, the Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that wall and pipe insulation is properly installed to protect them from freezing. 1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance ■ procedures. This Subcontractor shall video tape the instruction procedures an deliver two (2) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. f„ B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the �. building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. the manuals Smith college Northampton, MA ■ Squash court Renovations 15400-7 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING • these materials from that point on. Any damage or loss of these materials after delivery shall be the responsibility of this Contractor. B. Storage and Handling: The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the Plumbing Contractor. 1.13 PROTECTION A. The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from „ injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such ■. time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsi- bility of the Plumbing Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. * B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations w 15400-6 I" SECTION 15400 PLUMBING work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.09 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for constriction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Section 01500. 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are pox intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Contractor shall carefully a. investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: The Plumbing subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. All delivery and P" stonage must he oordinat d with the Smith College Physical Plant Department_ The Plumbing Contractor shall take delivery of all pre-purchased plumbing fixtures and equipment, and shall be responsible for the proper handling, storage, and protection of Smith college Northampton, MA ew Squash court Renovations 15400-5 no SECTION 15400 PLUMBING appear in the product specification, and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.06 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Contractor. *�* D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with ' the Specifications, the Plumbing Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1.08 PERMITS,FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-4 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Plumbing Contractor shall co-ordinate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Plumbing Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Plumbing Contractor shall lay out all his work and be respon- sible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. G. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The Plumbing Contractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-3 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING valves, mixing valves, water heaters and pumps, heat exchangers, and controls) to be removed is the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to such places designated by the Owner. Removal from the site of all obsolete material after the Owner's review shall be by this Contractor. 8. New domestic water heating system - Furnished and install new gas fired water heater,Viesman steam water heater, piping,pumps, and controls. B. Refer to appropriate Division - 2 Sections for trenching and backfill required in conjunction with plumbing piping; not work of this Section. 1.03 C ODFS, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 INSTAL1,ATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the • Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Plumbing Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Plumbing Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-2 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. OM B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all plumbing work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to,the following: 1. Sanitary waste and venting systems inside the building, connecting drainage systems within the building or on the site. Furnish piping,traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts, fixtures, drains, supports, and roof terminals. 2. Water service and sanitary sewer connecting to existing lines within the building or on site. Provide valve, boxes, fittings and all required components for a complete installation. 3. Hot, cold, and return hot water distribution systems. Furnish piping, fittings, insulation, supports, valves, water heater, and pump. 4. Plumbing fixtures and supports. 5. Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing. 6. All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring water, gas, drain, and waste connections. 7. The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping systems, fixtures, and equipment interfering with, or made obsolete by, new construction. All piping, fixtures, and equipment (i.e. copper and brass piping, fittings and Smith college Northampton, MA Squash court Renovations 15400-1 am SECTION 10210 LOUVERS AND VENTS E. Install blank-out sheeting as required on areas at perimeter of connected duct. �* 3.03 Cleaning A. Clean surfaces and components. END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 10210-4 SECTION 10210 LOUVERS AND VENTS 2.04 Fabrication A. Louver Size: Depth and face measurements as indicated. B. Louver Blade: Sloped at 45 degrees; integral waterstops on blade. C. Louver Frame: Flanged type, fabricated to configurations indicated. D. Screens: Permanently install screen mesh in shaped frame with reinforced comer construction; screw to louver frame. E. Blank-out Sheeting: .032 inch aluminum sheet with 2 inch foam insulation. 2.05 Finishes A. Fluropolymer paint. Color as selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION W 3.01 Inspection A. Verify that prepared openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 Installation A. Install louver assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. B. Install louvers level and plumb. + C. Install bird screens to louvers at duct connections. D. Isolate aluminum from direct contact with steel. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 10210-3 SECTION 10210 LOUVERS AND VENTS PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Fixed Aluminum Louvers A. Material: Aluminum extrusion. B. Minimum Thickness: 12 gage (.081). �* C. Assemble louvers by heli-arc welding. D. Manufacture: 1. Exterior: AIROLITE, Model K6774, 3 1/2" blade centers. " 2. Interior at Gym: 4" deep; 4" blade centers; .125" thick blades. ARROW Type EA-400, or equal by AIROLITE. E. Profile: 4" deep for wall installation. 2.02 Screens A. Provide insect screen on interior of louvers not connected to duct work. Provide bird .� screen on interior of all louvers connected to mechanical equipment. B. Bird Screen: 1. Material: Copper. 2. Wire Size: 14 gage. 3. Mesh: 1/2 inch. C. Insect Screen: 1. Material: Copper. 2. Mesh: 16 x 18. 2.03 Accessories A. Provide extruded aluminum sill flashing to match louver below all louvers. 02901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 10210-2 SECTION 10210 LOUVERS AND VENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this .w Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Aluminum louvers. B. Bird screening. C. Insulation. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit Product Data and manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01000. B. Submit Shop Drawings; verify dimensions affecting louver installations; show louvers in detail, method of installation, trim and accessories. Indicate gages of metal. C. Submit samples of standard colors for selection by Architect. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. „ 1.05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01000. 02901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 10210-1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 3.08 Schedule- Interior Surfaces A. Wood-Painted: *!" 1. One coat alkyd enamel prime sealer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. B. Wood - Transparent: 1. Filler coat for open grained wood only. 2. One coat stain. 3. One coat sanding sealer. 4. Two coats alkyd varnish satin. C. Concrete, Concrete Block: 1. One coat block filler. 2. One coat primer sealer acrylic latex. 3. Two coats acrylic latex, flat. D. Steel - Unprimed: 1. One coat alkyd metal primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. E. Steel - Primed: 1. Touch-up with original primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. F. Gypsum Board and Plaster: (except where scheduled for epoxy): 1. One coat latex primer sealer. 2. Two coats acrylic latex enamel, eggshell. G. Gypsum Board schedule to receive epoxy finish: 1. One coat primer per manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Two coats PPG Aquapon Polyamide-Epoxy Semi-Gloss Coating. END OF SECTION D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-9 go SECTION 09900 PAINTING an I. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. J. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. K. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.06 Cleaning A. As work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or splattered. B. During progress of work, maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. .. C. Collect cotton waste,cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard,place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.07 Schedule- Exterior Surfaces A. Steel - Unprimed and where called for, aluminum: 1. One coat zinc chromate primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. B. Steel - Shop Primed: 1. Touch-up with zinc chromate primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. C. Steel - Galvanized: 1. One coat zinc chromate primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel, semi-gloss. D. Wood: 1. One coat alkyd primer. 2. Two coats alkyd enamel semi-gloss. D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-8 SECTION 09900 PAINTING G. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. I. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 24 percent with mineral spirits. 3.05 Finishing Mechanical and Electrical Equipment A. Paint all exposed elements of mechanical and electrical systems in all spaces except storage rooms, electric rooms, mechanical rooms, pump room, sprinkler room. In those spaces excepted above,paint all elements of mechanical and electrical systems except aluminum, stainless steel, galvanized, and factory finished material. Paint material which is primed. All piping shall be painted for color-coding in pump room and sprinkler room. B. Refer to Division 15 for color-coding and identification banding of equipment, ductwork, piping and conduit. C. Paint shop primed equipment. D. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidentally. F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. G. Paint condenser piping and all other uncovered iron or steel piping. H. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-7 SECTION 09900 PAINTING I. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. J. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots,pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. K. Wood Doors: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. Seal wood door edges after .. trimming to prevent absorption of moisture. 3.03 Protection A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfigurement. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.04 Application A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat, unless otherwise approved. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. '■° F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. D901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-6 SECTION 09900 PAINTING ,w A. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. s 3.02 Preparation A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim and fittings prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. F. Galvanized Steel Surfaces: Test to determine if galvanized steel has been treated or passivated. Treated or passivated surfaces shall be brush blasted or shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer of the galvanized material. Cleaning of galvanized surfaces that are not passivated or stabilized shall conform to requirements of AISC specification SSPC-SPL. G. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar,scale, salt or alkali powder,and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of trisodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. ! ! H. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease,scale,dirt and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution,ensuring weld " joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-5 .o SECTION 09900 PAINTING C. Minimum Application Temperatures For Latex Paints: 45 degrees F.for interiors;50 degrees F. for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and Finishes: 65 degrees F. for �. interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Pittsburgh. B. Sherwin Williams. C. Benjamin Moore. •� 2.02 Materials A. Coatings: Ready mixed. B. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified of Commercial Quality. 2.03 Finishes A. Refer to Schedule at end of Section for surface Finish Schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION *■ 3.01 Inspection D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-4 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1.08 Field Samples A. Provide samples under provisions of Section 01000. B. Provide field sample panel, 36 inches long by 24 inches wide, illustrating coating color and finish. C. Locate where directed. D. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. 1.09 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Deliver and store products at site under provisions of Section 01000. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01000. C. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers;inspect to verify acceptance. D. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name,type of paint,brand name,brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, clean-up, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. E. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. and a maximum of 90 degrees F. in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. F. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.10 Environmental Requirements A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D901 Smith College w• Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING �• H. Do not paint roofing materials. I. See Section 07812 for color finish on Intumescent Fireproofing. J. Do not paint concrete seating risers. 1.04 Definitions A. "Paint", as used herein, means coating systems materials including primers, emulsions, epoxy, enamels, sealers, fillers, varnish and other applied materials .. whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ■* 1.06 Regulatory Requirements A. Conform to Building Code for Flame Rating requirements for finishes. 1.07 Submittals A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01000. B. Provide product data on all finishing products. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01000. D. Submit two (2) samples 8 x 10 inch in size illustrating range of colors available for .� each surface finishing product scheduled for selection. E. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. D901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-2 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Surface Preparation and painting for all new material and for all interior and exterior surfaces in new construction and remodeled areas, including mechanical and electrical work except as specified otherwise. All surfaces of spaces named in the finish schedules, including exposed existing concrete coffered ceiling, shall be included in the work of this section except as noted otherwise. 1.03 Work Not Included A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts. B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze, and similar finished materials, will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so specified. C. Do not paint moving parts of operating units,mechanical or electrical parts, such as valve operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint over required labels or equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates. E. Do not paint concrete except as called for otherwise. F. Painting not required for shop finished millwork items. G. Do not paint prefinished siding or trim. D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09900-1 SECTION 09688 CARPETING GLUE-DOWN J. Entire carpet installation is to be laid tight and flat to subfloor,well fastened at edges, and present a uniform pleasing appearance. Ensure monolithic color, pattern, and texture match within any one area. K. Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided,butt ends tight and flush. L. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet and adjacent surfaces prior to Final Acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner. M. Install borders as may be called for on the Drawings. 3.03 Protection A. Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in direction of traffic,maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner. 3.04 Surplus Material A. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle, wrap in burlap and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him. END OF SECTION .N 02901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09688-4 SECTION 09688 CARPETING GLUE-DOWN B. Ensure floors are level, with maximum surface variation of 1/4 inch in 10 feet, noncumulative. w C. Ensure concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit neutrality relative to acidity and alkalinity. D. Use an approved cementitious filler to patch cracks, small holes and for leveling. 3.02 Installation A. Check matching of carpet before cutting and ensure there is no visible variation between dye lots. B. Cut carpet where required in manner to allow proper seam and pattern match. Ensure cuts are straight and true and unfrayed. C. Where possible and practical, locate seams in areas of least amount of traffic. D. Join seams in recommended manner so as not to detract from the appearance of the carpet installation and decrease its life expectancy. Ensure seams are straight, not over- lapped or peaked, and free of gaps. E. Vacuum clean substrate. Spread adhesive in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure proper adhesion over full area of installation. Apply only enough adhesive to permit proper adhesion of carpet before initial set. F. Lay carpet on floors with the run of the pile in same direction of anticipated traffic. G. Cut and fit carpet neatly around projections through floor and to walls and other vertical surfaces. H. Fit carpet snugly to walls or other vertical surfaces where no base is scheduled, leaving no gaps. I. Do not place heavy objects, such as furniture, on carpeted surfaces for minimum of 24 hours, or until adhesive is set. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09688-3 no on SECTION 09688 CARPETING GLUE-DOWN No B. Submit one sample of each type of carpet to be used, sufficiently sized to clearly .. indicate construction. In addition, submit one duplicate sample of each color selected. C. Also submit one 12 inch long sample of each type of edge stripping to be used. 1.05 Environmental Requirements A. Do not commence with carpet installation until painting and finishing work is complete and ceilings and overhead work tested, approved and completed. B. Maintain room temperature at minimum 60 degrees F. for at least 24 hours prior to installation, and relative humidity at approximately that at which the area is to be maintained. C. Provide sufficient lighting. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Carpet: Collins&Aikmen;KIVA; Powerbond cushion RS backing system;texture and color to be selected by Architect. B. Adhesive: Type recommended by carpet manufacturer to suit application and expected service. C. Edge Strips: Type as required; color selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances detrimental to proper performance of adhesive and carpet. Allow floors to thoroughly dry. " C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09688-2 MR SECTION 09688 CARPETING GLUE-DOWN „ PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents sp A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this ! " Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Prepare surfaces to receive carpeting. B. Apply glue-down carpeting on floor surfaces where indicated,complete with required accessories. C. Install edge strips where carpeting terminates at other floor finishes. 1.03 References A. FS DDD-C-0095 - Carpet and Rugs, Wool,Nylon, Acrylic, Modacrylic, Polyester, ± Polypropylene. B. DOC-FF 1-70: Flame Resistance. C. ASTM E648: Flooring Radiant Panel. D. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code: 6-5.22 1.04 Submittals A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01000. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09688-1 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 3.06 Protection A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation. B. Protect flooring from construction traffic and heavy equipment with plywood or masonite panels which will not stain floor. 3.07 Cleaning A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean, seal and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09650-5 wo SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING •�► 3.04 Installation - Base A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Install without joints between door frames. B. Miter internal corners. Job-form external corners; 'V'-cut back of base strip to 2/3 of its thickness and fold; at exposed ends, use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. E. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 3.05 Installation - Flooring A. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. B. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to *� ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. C. Set flooring in place; pressure with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. D. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. E. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. F. Scribe flooring to walls,columns,cabinets,floor outlets,and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. G. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter,to square grid .. pattern with all joints aligned,with pattern grain parallel for all units and parallel to length of room. D901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09650-4 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Ensure that surfaces are smooth and regular with maximum variation from level of 1/8" in 10'-0". B. Test for moisture per paragraph D.5 of Section III of Armstrong publication F-5061. 3.02 Testin A. Prior to installation of resilient flooring,conduct bond&moisture and alkalinity tests of concrete slabs in the presence of Owner's representative and Architect. Immediately record test results and location of each test. �r B. For moisture test use Roofing Equipment,Inc.,#625 Calcium Chloride Moisture Test Kit. Conduct litmus paper tests for alkalinity. Follow manufacturer's instructions. C. Bond and Moisture Test: Secure to slabs 3'x 3' sections of flooring materials using specified adhesive. Test after 72 hours to determine if bond is secure. D. Tests shall be conducted at intervals of 50' o.c. both ways. E. Before scheduling installation of floor materials moisture,calcium chloride tests shall indicate moisture pressure of 3.0 lb. or less. Alkalinity shall give PH readings of 5 min. and 9 max. +A 3.03 Preparation A. Remove curing agents,breaker compounds,dust inhibitors,oil,grease,paint varnish and other surface treatments. B. Remove ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,joints, holes and other defects with sub-floor filler. C. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D901 Smith College W. Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 09650-3 wo wo SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 0 1.06 Quality Assurance no A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring as produced by a single manufacturer,including recommended primers,adhesives,sealants,and edging strips as required. B. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. .w PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Rubber Floor Tile A. Roppe `Low Profile' raised circle design; 1/8"thick; solid rubber tiles. 2.02 Base and Edging Materials A. Manufacturer: Roppe;Infinity roll cove base; 120'continuous rolls, SBR vulcanized. B. Rubber Base: 4 inch high or as indicated, 1/8 inch thick;top set cove base,except at carpeted areas, use straight base;job formed corners. 2.03 Accessories/Adhesives/Sealers A. Sub-floor Filler: White premix latex; Portland cement based; min. 4000 psi comprehensive strength; mix with water to produce cementitious paste. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof, of types recommended by manufacturer for specific material. For Floor Tile - Armstrong S-89. C. Edging Strips; carpet to resilient flooring. D901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 09650-2 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Rubber floor tile. B. Rubber base. 1.03 References A. FS SS-T-312B(1),Type IV, Composition 1 —Tile, Floor: Vinyl composition. B. SFS SS-W-40—Wall Base: Rubber and vinyl plastic. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data. B. Submit samples. C. Include duplicate samples of each flooring material for color and pattern selection. D. Submit manufacturer's specifications for maintenance for each flooring material. 1.05 Environmental Requirements w A. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F. air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. B. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal temperature as area. D901 Smith College w. Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09650-1 .o we SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS M G. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers,reinforce the nearest affected hangers to span the extra distance. H. Locate system on room axis according to reflected ceiling plan. I. Do not support components,such as light fixtures,on main runners or cross runners. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. Provide hangers at curtain track connections. J. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. K. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Where round obstructions occur,provide preformed closers to match edge molding. L. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to *� appearance and function. M. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis. Fit border neatly against abutting surfaces. N. Field rabbet panel edges of reveal tiles at intersection of ceilings with vertical surfaces. O. Install hold down clips over court areas. 3.03 Cleaning Up A. In addition to other stipulated requirements for cleaning, completely remove fingerprints and traces of soil from the surfaces of grid and acoustical materials, •. using only those cleaning materials recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09511-4 C2901 SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 2.02 Acoustic Unit Materials A. Acoustic Panels: ACT-1 Tectum Tonico; 24" x 24" x 1" with 3/4" reveal edges; white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 Installation A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this Section. B. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1/360 maximum. C. Strictly comply with seismic requirements per ASTM E580. D. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. If metal deck is not supplied with hanger tabs, coordinate the installation of hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. F. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09511-3 C2901 s SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 00 1.05 Environmental Requirements A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F., and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.06 Sequencing/Scheduling A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.07 Extra Stock A. Provide one (1) carton each of extra panels to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Suspension System Materials A. General: 1. T-Grid: ASTM C635, intermediate duty, 15/16" exposed T. 2. Accessories: Clips,splices,aluminum edge moldings required for suspended grid system. 3. T-Grid Finish: White. 4. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit .. application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system, including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. B. For Tectum ceilings provide Tectum Acousti-Tough ceiling system with Tectum Keep Clips. Main and crosstees shall be square bulb type. Smith College Northampton, MA „ Squash Court Renovations 09511-2 C2901 SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Suspended metal grid-ceiling system. B. Acoustical panels. C. Perimeter trim. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01000. B. Provide product data on metal grid system components and acoustic units. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01000. D. Submit two (2) samples 12 x 12 inch in size, illustrating material and finish of acoustic units. E. Submit two (2) samples each, 18 inches long, of suspension system and edge trim. F. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01000. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 09511-1 C2901 SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS B. At completion of each segment of installation in a room or space, promptly pick up and remove from the working area all scrap, debris and surplus material of this Section. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 09260-7 SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS F. Double Layer Applications: Use gypsum backing board for first layer, placed perpendicular to framing members. Use fire-rated gypsum backing board for fire-rated partitions. Place second layer perpendicular to first layer. Offset joints of �* second layer from joints of first layer. G. Extend gypsum board to underside of deck or structure. Voids too large for sealant, fill with fire-safing insulation. H. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed. ' I. Place corner beads at external corners as indicated. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.04 Joint Treatment- Interior Gypsum Board A. Tape, fill and sand exposed joints, edges and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. B. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. C. Taping, filling and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile. 3.05 Tolerances A. Maximum Variation From True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 3.06 Cleaning Up A. In addition to other requirements for cleaning, use necessary care to prevent scattering gypsum wallboard scraps and dust, and to prevent tracking gypsum and joint finishing compound onto floor surfaces. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 09260-6 SECTION 09260 �,. METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 3.02 Metal Framing Installation A. Install studding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center for partition. C. Partition Heights: Full height to floor or roof construction above. Install additional bracing for partitions extending above ceiling. D. Door Opening Framing: Conform to GA-219-89 requirements for Standard Jamb, Heavy Door. Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install stud tracks at frame head height,between studs. Extend both on each side of opening full height to deck above. Install cripple. Install an additional stud 8" from each side of door opening framing. E. Install blocking for support of items supported off the walls. F. Coordinate installation of bucks,anchors,blocking,electrical and mechanical work placed in or behind partition framing. 3.03 Gypsum Board Installation A. Install gypsum board in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Erect single layer standard gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. W C. Erect single layer fire-rated gypsum board vertically,with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. D. Erect exterior gypsum sheathing with edges butted tight and ends occurring over firm bearing. E. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 09260-5 am an SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS No Im B. Types: 1. Unless otherwise required, provide 24" x 24" metal access doors with concealed hinges to metal frame and with Allen key lock. 2. For piercing fire-rated surfaces, provide access doors having the same fire rating as the surface being pierced. 3. For tile surfaces and toilet rooms, provide stainless steel access doors and frames with satin finish. 4. For other installations, provide prime-coated steel access doors and frames for finish painting to be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications. ,. 2.05 Accessories A. Corner Beads: No. 800. B. Edge Trim: GA 201 and GA 216; Type 200-A and 200-B trim. C. Joint Materials: GA 201 and GA 216; reinforcing tape,joint compound, adhesive, water and fasteners. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02901 09260-4 SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 2.02 Framing Materials A. Studs and Tracks: ANSI/ASTM C645; GA 201 and GA 216;galvanized sheet steel, 'C' shape, with serrated faces. Studs shall have knockouts at 24 inches and shall be field cut as required for utilities. B. Gage: 4M 1. Interior partitions: 20 ga. 2. Soffit framing: 18 ga. 3. As called out on drawings. D. Furring, Framing and Accessories: GA 201 and GA 216. E. Fasteners: GA 201 and GA 216. F. Adhesive: GA 201 and GA 216. G. Horizontal Shaftwall: USG 400H20 studs. 2.03 Gypsum Board Materials A. Standard Gypsum Board: ANSI/ASTM C36; 518 inch thick,except where indicated otherwise,maximum permissible length;ends square cut,tapered and beveled edges. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ANSI/ASTM C36;fire resistive type,UL rated; 1/2 and 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. 2.04 Access Doors A. In partitions and ceilings installed under this Section,provide doors where required for access to mechanical installations and electrical installations. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations czvoi 09260-3 SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS ., H. GA-216: Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. I. ASTM C840: Requirements for Gypsum Board. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.05 Regulatory Requirements A. Conform to applicable UL and FM Code for fire-rated assemblies as indicated on Drawings. 1.06 Submittals A. Provide product data on metal framing, gypsum board,joint tape. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers - Gypsum Board System A. Acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: 1. U. S. Gypsum Company. 2. Gold Bond Building Products. 3. Georgia Pacific. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 09260-2 SECTION 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary '* Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Metal stud wall and soffit framing. B. Gypsum board. C. Taped and sanded joint treatment. 1.03 References A. ANSI/ASTM C36: Gypsum Wallboard. B. ANSI/ASTM C475: Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. C. ANSI/ASTM C645: Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. D. ANSI/ASTM C6I46: Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gage Steel Studs. E. ANSI/ASTM C754: Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. F. ANSI/ASTM E 119: Fire Tests of Building construction and Materials. G. GA-201: Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 09260-1 wo IM SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE a» B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month ** prior to acceptance or occupancy, of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to am restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. so END OF SECTION D1001 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-6 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE See schedule for other special cases, such as stop holders and heavy-duty floor stops. 2.07 Kickplates, Armor Plates and Mop Plates Kickplates, mop plates and armor plates shall be manufactured from .050 in. thick satin stainless steel. All plates shall be beveled three sides and furnished with stainless steel self-tapping screws. Kickplates mounted on the push side of single doors shall be 10 in. in height and 2 in. less than the width of the door. (L.W.O.D.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Contractor's Responsibility A. The finish hardware sets listed herein shall not be considered as a complete hardware schedule and shall only be considered as an indication of the hardware requirements desired by the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to examine the drawings and door schedule and provide all necessary hardware as shown. Such items shall be of the same quality, quantity and type as that scheduled for similar doors or parts of the building used for similar purposes. 3.02 Hardware Schedule A. Within 10 days after award of contract and before any hardware is fabricated, 6 copies of a hardware schedule shall be submitted for approval. B. On the first page of the hardware schedule,the Contractor shall state manufacturer's name and address and catalog numbers of all items of hardware listed in the submitted schedule. 3.03 Adjust and Clean A. Adjust and clean each opening item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation of function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. D1001 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-5 ,W w. SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE ■* cover which is attached to the cylinder with special hex head screws. Closers shall be equipped with general speed, latch speed, and back check control valves of the non-critical type and adjustable spring power. Closers for both interior and exterior doors shall be equipped with an offset shoe which, when rotated 180 degrees, will permit an increase of power at the latch to overcome draft conditions set up by air movement. B. Closers for doors requiring "pull side" mounting shall be LCN 4011 Series. C. Closers for doors requiring "push side" or parallel arm mounting shall be LCN 4111 Series. D. Closers for doors, where an integral stop feature is required, shall be LCN 4110 cush-n-stop. E. Door closers shall meet Architectural Barrier Board requirements LCN 4011 and 4111; provide adjustable spring tension to meet ADA requirement. F. No closer shall be installed to reach full extension of the arm before the door reaches the positive stop. G. The final Hardware Schedule must indicate the degree of opening of all doors with closers for the installer's use in conjunction with stop or holder locations and requirements. H. Equivalent Manufacturers: No substitutions will be allowed. 2.06 Door Stops Door stops shall be cast brass or bronze not cast aluminum; Satin bronze finish, with the proper fastening as manufactured by Ives, Builders Brass, or Baldwin. Wherever a door opens against another door in converging walls, furnish a Baldwin roller door stop, Type 470 or 471. D1001 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-4 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 2.03 Locks A. Locks shall be heavy-duty mortise locks, Federal Type 86 with cast brass or bronze levers and knobs. Cylinder collar to be 447F442 by Corbin/Russwin with Master Ring Cylinders Corbin/Russwin Master Ring 57 keyway . No substitutions will be allowed. 1. Corbin/Russwin ML2000MR NSM 26D Finish. B. Backset 1. All locks for interior doors shall have 2-3/4 in. backset. C. Lever Handle Design Trim: Lever handle design trim is based on Corbin/ Russwin NSA and NSM designs. D. Strike Plate: Provide strike plate of specific shape as to protect door frame , . and casing. 2.04 Exit Devices A. Exit devices shall be 99 Series as manufactured by Von Duprin. Various functions are specified in the finish Hardware Schedule enclosed herewithin. Key operated removable mullion by Von Duprin. (At exterior doors.) B. Lever handle trim shall integrate the same lever design as used on the mortise locks (#17 lever). Provide 994L trim. C. Equivalent Manufacturers: No substitutions will be allowed. 2.05 Door Closers A. All door closers shall be of Federal Type 3230 modified, the type known as the full rack and pinion with back check feature, of proper size as described in the manufacturers schedule of sizes, as manufactured by LCN Closers, or equal. The closer shall have a cast-iron shell with internal working parts made of special alloy heat-treated steel. This shell shall be covered with a pressure cast aluminum D1001 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-3 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE the proper times to proper location for installation. Replace wrappings on knobs, •R handles and pulls, etc., after installation to remain until building completion. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Ke in A. All cylinders shall be grand masterkeyed to the existing Medeco grand masterkey system. All cylinders shall be constructed masterkeyed. All cylinders shall be factory loaded and assembled for continuity and to avoid duplication of key changes. B. Detailed keying shall be later determined in conference with the Architect and Owner. C. Provide a key cabinet completely set-up with two tag system equal to Telkee Aristocrate 250S, completely set-up. D. Provide 10 masterkeys for each new set, provide 6 construction masterkeys. 2.02 Hinges A. Furnish three hinges per door. Butts to be full mortise,except as otherwise required to meet particular situations and of weights motivated. B. Butts for lockable doors having reverse bevel swings shall be furnished with non- removable pins (NRP) for added security. C. Butts for interior doors shall be regular weight, except extra-heavy on doors larger than 3 ft. 0 in. or high frequency use doors. D. Butts for exterior doors shall be non-ferrous five knuckle heavy-weight ball �. bearing hinges. E. Top pivot reinforced by Stanley FBB 223 for non-exterior doors. No substitutions will be allowed. D1001 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-2 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Scope A. The Work in this Section shall include furnishing all finish hardware necessary to fully and adequately equip the building as required by the detail drawings and as herein specified. 1.03 Allowance A. Provide an allowance of$180.00 per each new interior door and$800.00 per door for each leaf of each new exterior door for Finish Hardware, material only. 1.04 Submittals A. This Contractor shall prepare and submit a complete schedule for approval by the Architect. The schedule submitted shall be based upon examination of the drawings and this specification. Also submit samples and manufacturer's literature of any item requested by Architect. Submit three sets of complete maintenance data and operating instructions as furnished by manufacturer to Architect. 1.05 Product Delivery,Storage and Handling A. Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final hardware schedule and include basic installation instructions in the package. Include all screws, bolts, washers, etc. Furnish hardware items o proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at D1001 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 08710-1 SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. Leave work in complete and proper operating conditions. 3. Remove defective work and replace with work complying with the specified requirements. B. Immediately after erection, sand smooth all rusted and damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08100-5 .w SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.07 Finish A. Interior Units: Primer, baked on, ANSI A224.1. B. Exterior Units: Galvanized with zinc-dust,zinc-oxide primer;FSTT-P-641,Type II. 2.08 Finish Hardware A. Secure templates from the finish hardware supplier and accurately install, or make provision for, all Finish Hardware at the factory. A. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Surface Conditions A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 Installation A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI. C. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement. D. Frames in masonry shall be filled solid with grout. 3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning A. Final Adjustments: 1. Check and readjust operating Finish Hardware items in the Hollow Metal Work just prior to Final Inspection. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08100-4 SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.03 Door Core A. Core: Polyurethane insulation exterior units; mineral fiberboard; interior labeled units. B. Insulated door insulation value of U .09. 2.04 Accessories A. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape,butted corners;prepared for countersink style screws. 2.05 Protective Coatings A. Primer: Zinc chromate type. 2.06 Fabrication A. Fabricate frames in one piece; corners reinforced, fully welded, ground flush. B. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. C. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. D. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors on strike side,and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. E. Attach fire rated label to each rated frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior doors flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08100-3 SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Metal Doors •� A. Type and Design: Provide full-flush design in dimensions and types shown on the Drawings, labeled and non-labeled as indicated on the Door Schedule in the Drawings, in 18 gage for interior doors and 16 gage for exterior doors, properly reinforced for the Finish Hardware described in Section 08710 of these Specifica- tions. B. Finish: 1. Pre-clean and shop prime each door for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications. 2. Exterior Units: Galvanized, thermally improved doors with maximum U- value of 0.24 btu/hr./sq. ft./degree F(ASTM C236)for all exterior doors and elsewhere as noted. Tops of exterior doors to be flush. 2.02 Metal Frames A. Type and Design: Provide frames of the types and dimensions shown on the Drawings,labeled or non-labeled as indicated on the Door Schedule in the Drawings, in 16 gage for interior doors and windows, 14 gage for exterior doors and windows, properly reinforced for the Finish Hardware described in Section 08710 of these Specifications. B. Finish: 1. Pre-clean and shop prime each frame for finish painting which will be performed at the job site under Section 09900 of these Specifications. 2. Exterior Units: Galvanized per ASTM A525, G90 designation. cz901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08100-2 SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.01 General A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. ! 1.02 Section Includes A. Provide steel doors. B. Provide hollow metal door frames. " 1.03 Submittals A. Submit Shop Drawings and Product Data. B. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for X14„ hardware, reinforcement, and finish. C. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cutouts for glazing. 1.04 Quality Assurance W A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100. B. Fire-rated door and frame construction to conform to ASTM E152. C. Install frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire-rated class indicated on Drawings. 1.05 Delivery, Storage, and Protection A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01000. B. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. OR C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 08100-1 OR SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 3.03 Installation A. Sealant Application: Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's application manual and instructions, using hand guns or pressure equipment, with proper *�! nozzle size, on clean, dry, properly prepared substrates. Force sealant into joint and against sides of joint to make uniform. Avoid pulling of the sealant from the sides. Fill sealant space completely with sealant. B. Tooling: Tooling is required to ensure firm full contact with the interfaces of the joint. Tool joints to form smooth, uniform beads with slightly concave surfaces. Finish joints shall be straight, uniform, smooth and neatly finished. Remove any excess sealant from adjacent surfaces of joint, leaving work in a neat, clean , condition. Tooling agents should only be used if recommended by the sealant manufacturer. C. Where an irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists, the applicator shall apply masking tape at the edge of the joint to insure joint neatness and protection. Tape to be removed after sealant is applied. ! D. Cleaning Up: 1. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled. 2. Clean adjacent surfaces free from sealant as the installation progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used. 3. Upon completion of the work of this Section, promptly remove from the job site all debris, empty containers and surplus material derived from this portion of the work. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations c2901 07900-6 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 7. For masking around joints, provide an appropriate masking tape which will effectively prevent application of sealant on surfaces not scheduled to receive it, and which is removable without damage to substrate. 8. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. ` PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Surface Conditions A. Joint surfaces to receive a sealant shall be sound, smooth, clean, dry and free of all visible contaminants. Applications of non-visible coatings or contaminants to surfaces of rabbet area prior to application of sealant shall be controlled by the Architect/General Contractor in consultation with the sealant manufacturer. 3.02 Preparation W A. Primer: Thoroughly clean joints and apply primer, if recommended by sealant manufacturer, to dry surfaces. Apply primer prior to application of joint backing, bond breaker or sealants. Solvent wipe and prime metal surfaces. B. Joint Backing: In joints where the depth of the joint exceeds the required depth of the sealant, install joint backing to provide backing and uniform depth of sealant. Joint backing shall be installed with approximately 30 percent compression. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersec- tions. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Install bond breaker tape smoothly at back of joint where joint backing is not required or cannot be installed. Sealant shall adhere only to the sides and not to the back of the joint so as to eliminate three-sided adhesion. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations c2901 07900-5 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS s C. Joints at tops of non-load bearing masonry walls at the underside of deck. «w d. Sealing of non-porous materials One part silicone in humid areas; solid surfacing rubber base ceramic tile, showers, plumbing sealant ASTM fixtures, piping, etc. C920, Type S, NS, Class 25 e. Penetrations of floors and walls One part silicone requiring draft/firestopping elastomer sealant sealing. C. Materials - Performance Requirements: 1. Federal Specifications: Conform to Federal Specifications and Canadian General Standards Board. ** 2. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturers' standard color charts. 3. Sealant Primer: Suitable to substrate surfaces as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Knowledge of whether the primer is staining or non-staining should be obtained prior to application. 4. Joint Backing: Preformed compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extrud- ing, non-staining strips (polyethylene foam, urethane foam, butyl) as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Backing shall be of sizes and shapes to suit the various conditions and shall be compatible with sealant, primers and substrates. Closed cell at E.I.F.S. joints. 5. Bond Breaker: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 6. Cleaning Agent: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 07900-4 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 2. Interior Joints: General Electric Company; Pecora Corporation; Dow Corning Corporation. ON 3. Firestop: Tremco FYRE-SHIELD and FYRE-SIL or equal by Dow Corning, 3M or General Electric. B. Work to be Caulked: Areas listed below. Type of Sealant 1. Exterior - as detailed; Dow Corning products a. Perimeters of exterior openings 790 or 795 where frames meet exterior facade of building (i.e., brick, block) b. Control and expansion joints in 790 exterior surfaces of unit masonry walls. C. Vertical and horizontal joints in 790 EIFS and between EIFS and contiguous materials. d. Joints between Precast panels 790 e. Structural butt glazing 995 2. Interior - as detailed a. Seal interior perimeters of One part urethane exterior openings as detailed F.S. TT-S-00230C, on Drawings. Type II, Class A b. Interior joints, except as may Acrylic latex ASTM be specified otherwise herein. C-834 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 0901 07900-3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS C. Submit manufacturer's surface preparation and installation instructions under , provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit test information showing conformance with ASTM C79994-75, Adhe- sion-In-Peel Test for Structural Silicone. 1.05 Product Handling A. Do not retain at the job site material which has exceeded the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Use only qualified workmen thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of caulking, who can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Architect their ability to fill joints solidly and neatly. B. Mixing and application of sealing compound shall be in strict accordance with the .. manufacturer's printed directions. Initial mixing and application shall be under the direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative. no 1.07 Guarantee A. Contractor warrants workmanship for a period of five (5)years in accordance with the ' terms of the Contractor's written warranty. Materials are warranted in accordance with the manufacturer's written warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Exterior Joints: Dow Corning Corp. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2901 07900-2 w SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Throughout the Work, seal and caulk joints where shown on the Drawings and elsewhere as required to provide a positive barrier against passage of moisture and passage of air, including masonry control and expansion joints. 1.03 References A. ASTM C790: Recommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. B. ASTM C804: Recommended Practice for Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. C. ASTM D1056: Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. D. ASTM D1565; Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Co-polymers (Open Cell Foam). E. FS TT-S-230: Sealing Compounds, Synthetic-Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Curing. F. FS TT-S-1543: Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. 1.04 Submittals A. Submit product data and samples under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit samples of sealant colors. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02901 07900-1 SECTION 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING B. Thickness Control: The Architect may require depth gage measurements for any doubtful thickness areas. Make measurements of thickness as directed in the presence of the Architect. Apply additional fireproofing as directed where „ measurements indicate probability of thickness less than required. Fill voids in the work. 3.05 Cleaning A. Remove excess material, overspray, droppings and debris. to B. Remove fireproofing from materials and surfaces not specifically required to be fireproofed. C. All floor areas to be broom cleaned. W END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 07812-5 am SECTION 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING C. Remove incompatible materials which affect bond,by scraping,brushing,scrubbing, or sand blasting. D. Confirm compatibility of surfaces to receive fireproofing materials. E. Verify clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing are in place before application. F. Verify ducts, piping, equipment, or other items which would interfere with application of fireproofing are not positioned until fireproofing work is completed. 3.02 Protection A. Protect adjacent surfaces and equipment from damage by overspray fall-out and dusting. B. Close off and seal ductwork in areas where fireproofing is being applied. C. Protect applied sprayed fireproofing from damage. 3.03 Application A. Mix and apply fireproofing in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply primer adhesive and fireproofing in sufficient thickness to achieve rating with multiple coats in as many passes necessary to cover with monolithic blanket of uniform density and texture. Each coat shall be rolled to provide a smooth uniform finish. C. Top Coat: Apply A/D Colorcoat coating to all surfaces in public areas fireproofed under this Section. Color shall be as selected by Architect. See Section 09900. 3.04 Field Quality Control A. Inspection will be performed to verify compliance with requirements. 02901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 07812-4 SECTION 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturer A. A/D Firefilm II, A/D Fire Protection Systems, Inc. (800) 263-4087. 2.02 Materials A. Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed material blended for uniform texture;non-fibrous ? " materials; conforming to following requirements: 1. Impact Resistance: 286 in.-lb. (ASTM D2794) for 120 mils dry. 2. Hardness: 81.8, Shore D. 3. Abrasion Resistance: 0.33 gm. loss/2000 cycles, ASTM D4060. B. Primer Adhesive: Type recommended by fireproofing material manufacturer. C. Flange Edge Reinforcement: Glass fiber mesh, 3/16 x 3/16 in. sq.pattern; 147 g/m. sq. D. Water: Clean, potable. MM E. A/D COLOR COAT: all surfaces exposed to view in public areas; color to be selected by Architect. OR PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Fill voids and cracks in substrate, remove projections and level where sprayed fireproofing is exposed to view as finish material. B. Clean substrate of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of sprayed fireproofing. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 07812-3 no ■* SECTION 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 1.05 Submittals •� A. Submit manufacturer's instructions for bonding and applying sprayed fireproofing under provisions of Section 01000. B. Submit manufacturer's certification under provisions of Section 01000 that materials meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Provide certificate stating that fireproofing has been completed in full accordance with requirements to provide necessary fire resistance ratings. D. Provide two copies of certified test reports of: 1. Fire test reports of fireproofing application to substrate materials similar to project conditions. 2. Reports from reputable independent testing agencies of product proposed for use which indicate conformance to ASTM E119 and ASTM E84. E. Submit color chart and sample colors as requested by Architect. 1.06 Environmental Requirements A. Provide ventilation in areas to receive fireproofing during and 24 hours after application,to dry material and maintain nontoxic,unpolluted working area. Provide temporary enclosure to prevent spray from contaminating air. B. Do not apply spray fireproofing when temperature of substrate material and surrounding air is below 40 degrees F. 1.07 Warranty A. Provide warranty for materials and installation under provisions of Section 01000. B. Warranty: Applied fireproofing will remain free from cracks, checking, dusting, flaking, spalling, separation and blistering. Reinstall or repair failures of such performance. MM C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 07812-2 SECTION 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING PART GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes �s A. Three hour U.L. rated fireproofing spray applied to steel structure to provide fireproofing on all structural steel columns. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Applicator: Qualified factory trained applicators acceptable to fireproofing material manufacturer. B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings. 1.04 Mockup A. Apply sample section to representative substrates on site. Confirm requirements of fire ratings and finish texture. B. Comply with project requirements as to thickness, density of application, and fire rating. C. Examine installation within one hour of application to determine variance due to shrinkage, temperature, and humidity. D. Where shrinkage and cracking are evident,adjust mixture and method of application as necessary. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 07812-1 SECTION 06200 CARPENTRY „ J. Doors and Frames: 1. Receive, handle, store, erect, and brace all doorframes scheduled for installation in walls and partitions, interior and exterior. All frames to be erected plumb and square, set at proper height above rough or finish floor. Secure metal frames to concrete openings with expansion bolts or power ! ” actuated fasteners. Install spreaders at midpoint of frame to prevent bow of jambs. 2. Receive, handle, store, and erect all hollow metal doors throughout the building. Hang doors in accordance with approved door and finish hardware schedules. K. Finish Hardware: „ 1. Install all hardware specified and required to complete the building. 2. Follow manufacturer's directions. 3. Refer to approved Hardware Schedule. 4. Provide room with lock and key to store all hardware. 5. Mount at heights specified. 6. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of Final Completion. 7. Make further adjustments required during one-year guarantee period. 8. Mount all closers on door, not on head, except where concealed in door. 9. Deliver to Architect all keys after checking the operation of each key and lock, and all special tools required to install, maintain or adjust hardware. 10. Change combinations of any locks for which keys are missing. L. Field cut casework for plumbing fixtures and electrical items as required. 3.02 Adjusting and Cleaning A. Adjust doors, drawers, hardware, fixtures and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings and fixtures. C. Clean all stains and marks off wood and metal surfaces; sand to achieve smooth, clean surfaces free of defects. END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College ■. Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 06200-5 SECTION 06200 CARPENTRY 5. Secure with finish nails set for puttying, unless noted. 6. Scribe to abutting surfaces. B. Set and secure casework in place rigid, plumb and level. C. Use purpose designed fixture attachments at concealed locations for wall-mounted components. D. Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and components. E. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations used to wall-mount components and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Finish flush with surrounding surfaces. , F. Back prime work and install plumb, level and straight with tight joints; scribe work to fit. G. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with work of other sections. H. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling, fastening and working treated materials. I. Doors: 1. Install with bottom clearances: a. 3/8 inch at resilient floor covering. b. 3/4 inch at carpeting. C. As required at thresholds to seal against weather. 2. Seal bottoms and edges of doors that have been cut or planed in the field. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 06200-4 SECTION 06200 CARPENTRY 2.02 Wood Treatment A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): FS TT-W-571, AWPA Treatment C2, using water-borne"WOLMAN"CCA preservative by Kopppers Company,Inc.,with 25 percent retainage. 1. Items to be Treated - General: a. Wood cants, nailers, blocking, stripping and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing,vapor barriers and waterproofing. b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. C. Wood framing members less than 12 inches above grade or exposed levels. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: Pressure treated; provide FR-S Rating, Class A Flame Spread, and Class A Smoke Developed, as tested in extended 30 minute tunnel test per ASTM E84,NFPA 255, or UL 723. 1. Items to be Treated: All interior blocking, framing and furring not fully enclosed in non-combustible material. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Installation A. General: 1. Do not deliver materials until building is enclosed, heated and dried out. 2. Miter corners of all work, scarf joints, match grain and color. 3. Single lengths for full height/width unless noted. 4. Set with vertical grain faces exposed. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 06200-3 SECTION 06200 CARPENTRY 1.04 Delivery, Storage, and Handling . A. Defer delivery to the job until the installation and storage areas are complete and dry of all wet work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate products. B. Protect all surfaces of wood trim and other wood products subject to damage while in transit. C. Deliver, store, and handle wood trim and other wood products in manner to prevent damage and deterioration. D. Maintain relative humidity in storage areas not to exceed 55%. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Lumber Grading Rules: WWPA. B. Softwood Lumber: Hem-Fir species,Standard Grade, 19 percent maximum moisture content. C. Plywood: APA Grade with waterproof glue. D. Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized steel for exterior,high humidity and treated wood locations, plain finish elsewhere; size and type to suit condition. E. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or ballistic fasteners for anchorages to steel (handrails, guardrails, interior trim, etc.) F. Hardwood Solid Stock: Clear solid red oak. G. Wood trim where shown or called for: Clear solid red oak, no joints in runs, no finger joints. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 06200-2 SECTION 06200 CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Description of Work A. Blocking for items secured to walls. B. Interior trim. C. Installation of items furnished under other sections including, but not limited to, Finish Hardware, Doors and Frames, Millwork, Toilet Accessories, Cabinetry, etc. D. Temporary work. E. Shoring and bracing. F. Wood grounds, rough bucks, and miscellaneous blocking. G. Rough hardware. 1.03 Quality Criteria A. Installation of all custom woodworking shall be in conformance with standards as specified by the Architectural Woodworking Institute (AWI), 1988 edition. B. All field executed jointing, fitting, cutting, etc. shall comply with AWI Premium Grade Standards. C. All material characteristics shall comply with AWI Premium Grade Standards. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 06200-1 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 5. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. 6. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates to appropriate Sections. 3.04 Installation A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. C. After installation,touch-up field welds,scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. END OF SECTION 02901 Squash College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05500-5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 3.02 Workmanship ••+ A. Joints shall be neatly mitered or coped. Dress exposed welds smooth and countersink rivets, bolts and screws. Form exposed connections with flush hairline joints. �* B. Use materials of the size and thicknesses shown or,if not shown,of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. All work shall use proven details of fabrication and support. C. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise shown. Form bent metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations .� of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 3.03 Fabrication and Installation A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: 1. Provide miscellaneous framing and supports which are not part of the structural steel framework and are required to complete the work. 2. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors or other work to be retained by the framing. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work. 3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry or roof or floor structure. Furnish inserts if units must �++ be installed after concrete is placed. 4. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C2901 Squash College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05500-4 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS D. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp or defects which impair strength and appearance. Mill joints to a close fit and finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arises. E. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of the metal to be welded, and as required for color **' match, strength and compatibility in the fabricated items. F. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221; Alloy 6063-T5, except Alloy 6063-T6 for pipe, unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 Protective Coatings A. All ferrous anchors to be built into exterior and interior masonry shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, weight of coating conforming to ASTM A386, Class B-2. B. All interior and exterior ferrous metal fabrications to be hot-dip galvanized,weight of coating conforming to ASTM A386 in lieu of prime painting. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specification MIL-P-21035 (Ships). D. Aluminum to Masonry and Concrete: All aluminum surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry materials shall be given one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which miscellaneous metal items are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. C2901 Squash College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05500-3 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS e. ASTM A307-Low-carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded + Fasteners. f. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. g. ASTM B221 -Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire Shapes and Tubes. h. ASTM A386-Zinc-Coating(Hot-Dip)on Assembled Steel Products. i. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. j. FS TT-P-31 - Paint, Oil: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, Red and Brown. k. FS TT-P-641 -Primer Coating,Zinc Dust-Zinc,Dust-Zinc Oxide(for Galvanized Surfaces). 1. FS TT-P-645 - Primer, Paint, Zinc Chromate, Alkyd Type. m. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. n. Primer: FS TT-P-3A, Brown; for shop application and field touch-up. B. Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure". C. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the Project Site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installations. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. All materials shall be new, free from defects impairing their strength, durability or appearance, and of best commercial quality for purposes specified. B. Metals shall be made with structural properties to safely sustain strains and stresses to which normally subjected; true to detail, clean, straight, with sharply defined profiles and smoothly finished surfaces. C. Structural Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36. C2901 Squash College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05500-2 SECTION 05500 ,. METAL FABRICATIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this 1" Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. The extent of the Work is shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein,including all metal items not specified under other Specification Sections. B. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices in connection with this work to the particular trade involved for installation by that trade. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit Shop Drawings for all work to be installed under this Section in accordance with provisions of Division 1. Take all required field measurements before fabrication. B. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, openings, size and type of fasteners and accessories. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with the provisions of the following Codes,Standards and Specifica- tions, except as otherwise shown and specified. a. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including "Commentary of the AISC Specifications". b. AISC "Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members". C. AWS "Structural Welding Code". d. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. C2901 Squash College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05500-1 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL B. In the event that inspections reveal inadequate welds, bolts missing or undersize, loose or defective, the cost of testing and re-testing shall be at the contractor's expense. C. Material and workmanship not in conformity with the provisions of this specification will be rejected and remedied by the contractor at any time defects are found. END OF SECTION +o .. No Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-8 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 3.05 Inspection and Tests: A. Review and inspections to be performed by the Owner's testing representative: 1. Type and quantity of testing shall be as directed by the Structural Engineer of Record for the project. 2. Testing and inspection of structural steel may be done by a testing agency retained by the Owner. The Owner's testing agency shall have access to all of the Contractor's quality control data. The inspections and possible testing activities of the Owner's agency shall be given full cooperation by the contractor in shop and field. The Contractor shall supply the Owner's testing agency, if required, free of charge with the following: a. A complete set of approved erection drawings and shop drawings. b. Mill test reports, cutting lists, order sheets, bill of materials and shipping bills. c. Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipment of ' material to shops. d. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. e. Full and ample means and assistance for testing all material and proper facilities, including scaffolding, temporary platforms, etc. for inspection of the work in shop and field. 3. High strength bolts shall be tested in accordance with the Research Council Specifications for A325 Bolts. At lease one bolt in every connection should be tested. Should any bolt in one connection not test satisfactorily, all bolts in that connection shall be tested. 4. Welding work in shop and field shall be checked in conformance with requirements of the applicable AWS Code in respect to fillet welds. Penetration welds shall be checked by a non-destructive method (ultrasonic, radiographic or magnetic particle) as approved by the Engineer. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-7 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. All structural framing shall be accurately set and secured in position. 2. All structural steel work shall be maintained in its position with adequate bracing and guying until all permanent field connections are completed. 3. All steel required to be plumb and level within a tolerance of 1:500, and 1:1000 for exterior columns. B. All field connections shall be bolted with high strength bolts or welded where specifically indicated on the drawings. 1. High tensile bolts shall be installed with hardened washers. Nuts shall be tightened by the "turn of the nut" method., in conformity with minimum bolt tension values established in the "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 Bolts" as issued by the Research Council on .. Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation. 2. All existing structural steel receiving new welded steel connections is to have all paint removed as required to receive new connection. Paint is to be removed a distance clear of all weldments so as not to contaminate weld material during the welding process. Clean all existing steel receiving new welded steel connections in accordance with the requirements of the SSPC-SP2 specification. Refer to 1.03D for further requirements. C. Provide anchor bolts for column base plates. Bolts shall be set in concrete under"Cast-in-Place Concrete" Section. 1. Use leveling nuts and washers with anchor bolts for column base plates. 2. The use of leveling plates will not be permitted. D. Make field changes to improper fit only after Engineer's approval. 3.04 Field Painting: A. Touch-up and spot paint all field-bolted connection plates, welds and other surfaces where the paint has been rubbed off during the installation with same paint as shop coats, but of different tint or color. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations " 05120-6 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL J. Provide holes for passage of electrical conduit and for all mechanical pipes that otherwise cannot be concealed within the architectural finish, as required by other trades and as authorized by the Engineer, whether or not shown on the drawings. K. Cambers required for beams and girders shall be mill procedure. Cambers shall not be built into rolled shapes at the fabricators plant without prior written authorization from the Engineer. Camber tolerances shall be per AISC requirements. L. All beam to beam, beam to girder, and beam to column connection shall be made using DOUBLE ANGLE connections per AISC requirements. M. All connection of beams to tube columns shall be made with thru plate shear connectors. Minimum plate thickness to be 3/8". 3.02 Shop Prime Painting: A. All steel surfaces shall be cleaned by effective means to remove all loose mill scale, loose rust, weld slag. flux deposit, weld splatter, dirt, other foreign material. Mill scale in unbroken bubble form shall be broken and removed; sharp projections shall be ground smooth. Oil and grease shall be removed by solvent in accordance with SSPC-SP-1. B. All structural steel except steel to be encased in concrete, shall be given one shop coat of primer paint before shipment in accordance with Chapter M3 of AISC Specifications. C. Surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or installation shall be given two (2) shop coats. D. Omit shop coat of primer paint from areas required to be field welded or encased in concrete. After erection touch-up field connections and welds with same paint as for shop coat. E. Erection marks shall be painted on shop painted surfaces. 3.03 Erection: A. Erection of steel shall be done in conformance with Section 7 of AISC "Code of Standard Practice". Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL D. Shop coat of paint shall be modified alkyd primer or acceptable equivalent, conforming to Primer specifications as listed in Steel Structures Painting Council Paint System Specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Fabrication: A. All shop fabrication shall conform to Chapter M, AISC Specifications. All members shall be free of twists, kinks, buckles or open joints. Shearing and punching shall be without ragged or torn edges. Holes shall be enlarged only by reaming. B. All shop connections shall be welded except where otherwise noted. C. All welding, shop and field, shall be performed only by procedures and welders qualified in accordance with standards for workmanship of American Welding Society "AWS D1.1-88, Structural Welding Code — Steel", as amended to date. D. No welding shall be done when the temperature is less than 15 degrees F. At temperatures below 35 degrees F. heat area within 3 inches of weld at temperature warm to the hand. .+ E. Mill bearing ends of columns at right angles to column axis. F. Column base and cap plates may be shop welded to columns or shipped as separate pieces. Mill to provide satisfactory contact surface. G. Stresses due to eccentricity to be provided for in all connections and details to keep secondary stresses to a minimum. H. Where loads are transmitted by direct bearing, set one bearing surface directly over the other in every case. Provide adequate bearing length or stiffeners as required to maintain beam web stresses within allowable limits. I. Beam and column connections shall follow the Suggested Details, Part 4, of the AISC Steel Manual, unless otherwise permitted. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-4 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. Where the required data for attaching materials to structural steel is not shown on design drawings, Contractor shall obtain information from the Architect before submitting shop drawings. 2. Review of shop drawings will be for sizes and shapes of main and secondary members only. 3. Review of shop drawings will not cover detailed fabricating dimensions. Any errors in dimensions on shop drawings are the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Submit mill test reports and shipping documents if requested by the Owner. C. Submit for review, qualifications of welders performing shop and field welding. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials: A. Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A36/A572 as indicated on the drawings, and other steels as approved by the Engineer. Columns to be ASTM A500 Grade B (Fy=46 k.s.i.) for tube sections. B. All bolts shall conform to ASTM A325 unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 1. Bolts for steel connections shall be of lengths required, with smooth or r ribbed surfaces the full length of the grip. Unfinished bolts shall be fitted with self-locking nuts or with lock washers and plain nuts. 2. High-strength bolts, including nuts and washers, shall comply with ASTM A325. These bolts shall be identified by markings on top of the bolt head. Minimum dimensions for bolts, washers, beveling, etc. shall comply with requirements of the "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 Bolts" as issued buy the Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation. C. Arc welding electrodes shall conform to ASTM Standard Specifications A233. Electrodes shall be of proper classification numbers. Smith College OR Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-3 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.02 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: A. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300. B. Metal Slab Forms, Section 05320. C. Cementitious Spray Fireproofing, Section 07255. D. Setting of anchors, bolts, grouting of base plates and bearing plates is specified in "Cast-in-Place Concrete" section. E. Setting loose lintels weighing less than 200 lbs. Is specified in "Unit Masonry" section. F. Supplementary steel for support of mechanical and electrical work, except as specifically shown and specified otherwise, is specified in Divisions 15 and 16. 1.03 General Requirements: A. All work of this Section shall be provided in accordance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", latest edition. B. Erection of structural steel shall be in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Act, and the Construction Safety Act. C. Examine all drawings and data and coordinate the work of this Section with all related and adjoining work. D. Where welding to existing painted structural steel is indicated, the contractor • shall be responsible for testing the paint to determine if it contains lead, and taking all precautions necessary to comply with OSHA regulations on lead exposure. 1.04 Submittals: A. Submit for review prior to fabrication or purchase, shop drawings showing the kind of material, sizes of members, details or pieces worked out with due reference to their position, framing, openings, method of securing same ' together, erection plans, anchor bolt plans, and proper execution of the work in connection with other trades. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-2 ., SECTION 05120 STRUCTURALSTEEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Description: A. General: All applicable provisions of the General Conditions, the Supplementary w General Conditions and Division I shall apply to all work of this Section. B. Scope: The work to be done, in general, consists of the following major items. (Minor work, work incidental to or arising from other parts of this work, may not be listed hereunder but shall be included as may be necessary for the full completion of the job.) Furnishing and erecting, placing or setting of 1. Column with baseplates, anchor bolts, beams with bearing plates, and anchors. 2. Standard and special connections, including angles, plates, high-strength to bolts. 3. Steel lintels, support angles, plates, bolts, etc., as shown on Structural Drawings and details and all structural members as defined in Section 2, AISC "Code of Standard Practice". 4. Delivery of anchor bolts and templates to the site for installation by others. Angle straps welded to beams to support masonry. w 5. Welding where required. 6. All shop and field drilling, punching and cutting shown on the drawings and/or specified for mechanical, electrical and other work. 7. Shop painting, field touch-up and field coat painting. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 05120-1 SECTION 04320 MASONRY C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non-acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.14 Testing A. Furnish mortar taken from joints while still fresh to testing agency when requested. Provide other samples of masonry materials as requested. Mortar testing to be per ASTM Standards C511 and C91. END OF SECTION Smith College !! Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02001 04320-11 SECTION 04320 MASONRY .� 3.09 Lintels A. Install loose steel lintels as scheduled. 3.10 Built-In Work A. As work progresses, build-in metal door frames, fabricated metal frames, wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to be built in the Work supplied by other Sections. B. Build-in items plumb and level. C. Do not build-in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.11 Cutting and Fitting A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds, and other appurtenances. Cooperate with other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape and location. ** B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.12 Weeps, Mortar Barrier, and Flashing A. Install weeps,drainage system,and continuous flashing at all lintels,relieving angles, base of walls and where indicated. , B. Install weeps at 32" max. on center. C. Install mortar net in two layers as required to fill the cavity space. 3.13 Cleaning A. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-10 SECTION 04320 MASONRY 3.07 Reinforcement and Anchorages A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement minimum 16 inches o.c. B. Place concrete masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend 16 inches minimum each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. E. Verify that anchor slots embedded in concrete are properly placed. Embed dovetail anchorages in every sixth brick joint. „ F. Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16 inches o.c. G. Install vertical reinforcing as called for on structural drawings. Provide 30 dia.lap at splices. 3.08 Masonry Flashings lop A. Extend flashings through veneer and extend minimum 8” vertically onto CMU backup and into CMU joint as shown. Extend through rigid insulation as indicated. Construct end dams at door and window heads. Overlap and seal end ears. Continuously seal flashing to sheathing. " B. Lap end joints minimum 6" and seal watertight. C. Use flashing manufacturer's recommended adhesives and primers. D. Strictly conform to manufacturer's installation instructions. E. At and walls extending above roofs, install lead coated copper cap flashing for step flashing to be installed by roofing contractor. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-9 .�e SECTION 04320 MASONRY 3.05 Placing and Bonding A. Lay masonry in full bed or mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints and deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. B. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners. C. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. D. Remove excess mortar. E. Perform j ob-site cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges. F. Isolate masonry partitions from all structural framing members with compressible filler. G. Build all walls to structure above. Build around trusses,beams and other structural elements. Provide compressible filler between top of all walls and bottoms of beams and trusses. 3.06 Tolerances A. Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch, maximum. B. Variation From Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. C. Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. D. Variation From Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet; 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch • maximum. E. Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet. Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations 02001 04320-8 SECTION 04320 MASONRY D. Establish lines, levels and coursing; protect from disturbance. E. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.02 Weather Conditions A. Do no masonry work in freezing weather unless approved adequate means to prevent freezing are employed. - B. In rainy weather, work under cover. C. In cold weather, sand and water shall be heated sufficiently to maintain the mortar above 50 degrees F. when used. 3.03 Protection of Work „ A. Protect tops of walls at close of day's work. B. Cover with roofing paper or other suitable material and secure to wall below. Do not puncture covering. C. Protect all finished work against freezing for 48 hours. 3.04 Coursing Walls A. Place masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. B. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. Form concave mortar joints where exposed; flush where hidden from view. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-7 .0 1W SECTION 04320 MASONRY am 2.07 Masonry Flashings A. Composite Plastic Flashings: Composite sheet; 7 oz. copper; 2 layers asphalt saturated glass fabric; York Copper Flashing, York Manufacturing Company; Advanced Building Products, copper fabric flashing; AFCO, copper fabric. B. Cap flashings: Keystone 2 piece flashing;4"inch-in-wall receiver, 16 oz.copper. 16 oz. copper receiver. C. Metal Flashing: 16 oz. C.R. Copper. B. Plastic self-sealing adhesive membrane: Grace Construction Products PERM-A- BARRIER; 40 mil-rubberized asphalt and polyethylene film membrane. 2.08 Accessories *�+ A. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinylchloride oversized 50 percent; self-expanding; 1/2 inch wide by maximum lengths. 2.09 Weeps A. Clear medium density polyethylene rectangular tubes with exterior dimensions of 3/8" x 1-1/2" x 3-1/2" with cellular divisions. (See Section 04450 for weeps under stone lintels). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation . A. Supply anchors to Section 05120 for attachment to structural steel. B. Supply dovetail anchor slots to Section 03300 for placement. C. Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02001 04320-6 SECTION 04320 MASONRY B. Mixed thoroughly with a mechanical mixer for 5 minutes minimum. 2.05 Concrete Masonry Units A. General 1. Hollow Load Bearing Units: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I; normal weight. 2. Masonry Units: Modular sized to 8 x 8 x 16 inch and as specified or indicated otherwise or required; fire rated where required. 3. Provide open-end masonry units for grouting cells where required. 4. Provide special shapes as indicated. 2.06 Reinforcement and Anchorages A. General: All joint reinforcement, anchors, ties, etc., shall be hot dip galvanized. B. Joint Reinforcement: 1. Single Wythe Walls: 3/16 inch side rods with No. 9 cross ties. DUR-O- WALL truss D/A 310; Hohmann & Barnard#120 Truss Mesh. C. Reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of the ASTM Standard Specifications, serial designated and manufactured in the United States. A615-72 grades 60 to 75 - for a billet steel base. 1. All material shall be free, immediately before placement of concrete, from mill scale, excessive rust, and coatings that reduce bond. 2. All material shall bear mill identification symbol, and be stored so that different sizes may be identified. D. Column and Beam Ties: Structural triangle and weld-on type 710; AA401-A; National Wire No. 101; 3/16" triangles. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-5 SECTION 04320 MASONRY * G. Water: Water shall be clean and free of amounts of oils,acids,alkalies,salts,organic • materials, or other substances that may be deleterious to mortar or any metal in the wall. H. No prepared masonry cements shall be used. I. Mortar Color: As selected by Architect from colors by Flamingo, Medusa or Solomon Grind. 2.02 Grout Materials A. Materials used as ingredients in grout shall conform to the requirements specified. B. Cementitious material shall be Portland cement Type I or II of Specification C 150. C. Aggregates shall conform to Specification C404. D. Water shall be clean and potable. E. No admixtures or air entraining agents allowed unless weather conditions warrant its use for acceleration or retarding and is considered by the Engineer. F. Storage of materials shall be such that deterioration or intrusion of foreign material or moisture is prevented. Any unsuitable materials shall not be used. 2.03 Mortar Mixes A. Mortar: Cement-lime ASTM C270, Type N for all masonry, as qualified above and herein except as may be specified otherwise below. 1. Non-fire rated CMU: 1 part cement, 1 part lime, 4 `/z to 6 parts aggregate. 2. Fire Rated CMU: 1 part cement; `/z part lime max., 2 `/4-3 `/z parts aggregate. 2.04 Grout Mixes A. Grout: ASTM C476 with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02001 04320-4 SECTION 04320 MASONRY E. Aggregates: ASTM C144, except that the grading shall comply to the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 95 to 100 No. 16 60 to 100 No. 30 35 to 70 No. 50 15 to 35 No.100 2 to 15 No.200 0 to 2 F. Admixtures: No air-entraining admixtures or cementitious materials containing air-entraining admixtures or agents shall be used in the mortar. 1. Antifreeze compounds, accelerators, retarders, water- repellent agents, or other admixtures, shall not be added to mortar. 2. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be added to mortar. 3. Mortar colors shall be added to the mortar. Mortar containing such colors shall conform to the physical requirements in Table 2 below. TABLE 2 Property Specification Requirements Average Water Retention, Air Content, Aggregate Ratio Mortar Type Compressive Min. % Max. % (Measured in Strength at 28 Damp,Loose Days,Min. psi Conditions) (MPa) "! M 2500(17.2) 75 12 Not less than 2-1/4 S 1800(12.4) 75 12 and not more than N 750(5.2) 75 14 3-1/2 times the sum 0 350(2.4) 75 14 of the separate volumes of cementitious materials. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 02001 04320-3 SECTION 04320 MASONRY B. Submit samples of joint reinforcement, anchors, and flashing. .. C. Submit, for Architect's approval, samples of concrete masonry units required to match existing. 1.05 Environmental Requirements A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F.prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Any material or operation specified by reference to the published specifications of a manufacturer, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), The Structural Clay Products Institute (SCPI), National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA), or other published standards, shall comply with the requirements of the current specification or standard listed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Mortar Materials A. Materials used as ingredients in mortar shall conform to the requirements specified. B. Cementitious Materials: Cementitious materials shall conform to the following ASTM specifications. C. Portland Cement: Types I, II or III of ASTM C 150. „ D. Hydrated Lime: Type S of ASTM C207. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-2 SECTION 04320 MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Concrete unit walls. B. Mortar. C. Grout. D. Reinforcement and accessories. E. Installation of loose lintels weighing 200 lb. or less. 1.03 References A. ASTM C90 - Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. B. ASTM C129 -Non-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. C. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC) - Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. D. ASTM C 10 19 - Sampling and Testing Grout. 1.04 Samples A. Submit two samples of each type of concrete masonry units required to illustrate color, texture and extremities of color range. wr Smith College Northampton, MA !!� Squash Court Renovations C2001 04320-1 am SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE I. Field Testing of Fresh Concrete: 1. Each pour of concrete in excess of 20 cubic yards shall be tested at the truck on the site, just prior to placement of the concrete. Concrete that is to be pumped shall be tested at the end of the pump nozzle. 2. Testing of fresh concrete shall be done by a qualified testing laboratory selected by and paid for by the Owner. 3. Testing of fresh concrete shall be for the following: a. Temperature of mixed concrete. b. Quantity of extrained air. C. Slump. END OF SECTION .A Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-12 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Testing for concrete strength will be done by a qualified testing laboratory as selected by the Owner. The Contractor shall accept printed test results of the testing laboratory representing the character of the concrete in place. D. Testing concrete will be paid for by the Owner. E. Testing for compressive strength will be made in accordance with ASTM Standard Method C39. F. The standard age of test shall be 28 days, but 7 day tests may be used, provided the relation between the 7 and 28 day strength of the concrete is established by tests for the materials and proportions used. G. Results of 28 Day Tests: I. If the average strength of the laboratory control cylinders for any portion of the structure falls below the compressive strength required by the design, the Engineer shall have the right to order a change in the proportions of the water content of the concrete for the remaining portion of the structure. 2. If the average strength of cylinders cured on the job falls below the required strength, the Engineer shall have the right to require changes in the conditions of temperature and moisture necessary to secure the required strength. 3. In addition, where the average strength of the cylinders falls below the required strength for any portion of the structure, the Engineer may require at the Contractor's expense: a. Test in accordance with the "Standard Method of Securing, Preparing and Testing Specimens from Hardened Concrete for Compressive and Flexural Strength" (ASTM Standard C42). b. Load tests for that portion of the structure where the questionable concrete has been placed. H. Load Tests — When a load test is required, the detailed procedures for such tests as outlined in the "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318, latest edition) shall apply. Smith College Northampton, MA "! Squash Court Renovations 03300-11 am SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE up 3.05 Finishes: A. Concrete for all slabs shall be placed with a minimum slump consistent with the requirements of Section 3.01A, Table A. Free water accumulation on top of slab pour shall be avoided at all times. B. Selection of finishes for slabs and their tolerances shall be as per Chapter 11, .� Flatwork, ACI Standard 301. C. See Paragraph 2.01G for acceptable concrete hardener. 3.06 Anchors, Ties and Fastenine Devices: A. Furnish and set all anchors, ties or other devices shown, specified or required by conditions of construction for the proper anchorage, tying together or bonding of all concrete work; also set and maintain to proper locations all such items furnished by other trades that are required to be cast into the concrete. B. Samples or cuts and description of all slots, inserts and other anchoring devices may be required for review. 3.07 Vapor Barrier: A. Lap all joints a minimum of 8 inches and lay parallel to the intended direction of placing concrete. Turn up at all edges and seal against walls and columns. Protect vapor barrier before and during placing of concrete. *+ 3.08 Testing Concrete: �* A. The Engineer will require a reasonable number of tests to be made during the progress of the work. No less than 3 specimens shall be made for each test, nor less than one test for each day's pour of each class of concrete used. B. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with the "Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field", ASTM C31. Specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, unusual conditions may tend to reduce the strength of the concrete, the Engineer may require additional specimens to be cured under field conditions. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-10 SECTION 03300 !► CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 5. be protected from the weather by covering and keeping at a uniform temperature by use of adequate heaters. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall keep an accurate record of the temperature. F. Concrete may be deposited under water only when and in the manner approved by the Engineer. G. All freshly placed concrete shall be protected from damage by rain, snow or freezing. H. Concrete for slab on grade shall be poured continuously to construction joints, 48 hours minimum between adjacent pours. Verify pouring sequence with the Engineer before pouring concrete. I. The "wet screed" method of placing concrete in floor slabs will not be permitted. The Contractor shall use rigid screeds such as "pipe screeds" spaced at intervals which will permit the concrete surface to be leveled properly. 3.04 Curing of Concrete: A. All concrete slabs, including slabs on grade, shall receive a Standard 7 Day Moist Cure. Apply curing paper after initial set; material shall be a waterproof paper consisting of two (2)sheets of reinforced kraft paper bonded with bituminous material conforming to ASTM C 171 or equal. B. All other concrete (walls, footings, etc.) in which normal Portland Cement is used shall be cured as follows: 1. be kept in a continuously moist condition for a period of not less than 7 days. 2. be maintained at a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F. for three (3) days, or 50 degrees F. for five (5) days. C. In lieu of moist curing spray cure compounds may be submitted for review. If accepted, curing shall be applied to ALL CONCRETE immediately after removing forms. Smith College Northampton, MA " Squash Court Renovations 03300-9 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Concrete when deposited shall a. be thoroughly worked into the forms and around the reinforcement. b. be thoroughly compacted by means of suitable tools. Mechanical vibrators of a type and number approved by the Engineer will be used. c. be brought to a level surface and be free so far as possible from .� accumulation of water on the surface. Concrete shall be placed to prevent the formation of surface voids and honeycomb since patching and/or rubbing will be strictly limited. Hand spacing of concrete may be required to eliminate air and water pockets on the surface of exposed concrete. C. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has acquired its initial set, the forms shall be re-tightened and the hardened surface roughened, cleared of foreign matter and laitance, and saturated with water. Immediately before the new concrete reaches the hardened surface, a thorough coating of neat cement grout shall be applied, except that in columns and walls omit '/2 of coarse aggregate for first 4"of depth of new concrete. D. Partially hardened concrete shall not be placed in work. E. Concrete deposited in cold weather (i.e. when temperature of surrounding air is below 40 degrees F.) shall 1. have a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F. nor more than 90 degrees F. 2. be maintained after depositing at the temperatures specified under "Curing", or until thoroughly hardened. 3. not contain salts, chemicals or other foreign materials to prevent freezing. 4. if damaged by freezing, be replaced by new concrete without additional cost to the Owner. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-8 „� SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE sufficient number of mixers is provided to rapidly and continuously carry out the work. The Owner or its representatives shall at all times have free access to the batching plant and transit mix trucks for sampling materials and checking handling methods. D. Re-tempering of concrete which has partially hardened will not be permitted. 3.03 Depositing Concrete: A. Before depositing concrete, the Contractor shall 1. remove from space to be occupied by concrete all debris, including snow, ice and water. 2. provide diversion satisfactory to the Engineer, of any flow or water into an excavation so as to avoid washing the freshly deposited concrete. 3. wet thoroughly (except in freezing weather) or oil the forms. 4. secure firmly in correct position all reinforcement and other items to be encased; remove therefrom all coating, including frost, ice or foreign matter. 5. obtain from the Engineer authorization to proceed with depositing of concrete. B. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients. Equipment for chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery and without separation of the materials. 1. Proceed continuously after once starting, until reaching the end of a section or construction joint, locations shown on the drawings or as approved by the Engineer. The operations shall be conducted so that no concrete is deposited on concrete sufficiently hardened to cause the formation of seams and planes of weakness. 2. Be as nearly practicable in its final position in the forms. 3. Proceed so as to maintain constantly a top surface approximately level. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-7 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. be tested by the Contractor, as to compliance with this specification, by standard laboratory tests of concrete made with representative samples of the cement and aggregates which the Contractor proposes to use throughout the entire work, but the concrete currently made with materials from the same source and of the same quality. 3. be modified as directed by the Engineer, as the Contractor's expense, before or during the progress of the work, if the concrete fails to reach the specified strength and workability. 4. be measured by weight, by weighing devices accurate within 1%, except that water may be measured by either weight or volume and the water " measuring device shall be controllable to '/2%. The Engineer may require satisfactory demonstration of the accuracy of the measuring equipment at any time. C. Sand and aggregate will be measured for moisture content as often as necessary and corrections in water content will be made in the mix. D. Consistency of the concrete shall be such that it can be worked steadily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement without segregation of materials or the accumulation of laitance, sand streaks, air pockets, bridging of materials or honeycomb. The Contractor may, with the approval of the Engineer, accomplish this by variations to proportions within the limits of Table A. 3.02 Mixing Concrete: A. Mixing and conveying equipment shall be thoroughly clean and free from 6 hardened concrete and foreign materials before commencing concrete operations. B. Each batch of concrete shall 1. be thoroughly mixed so that there is a uniform distribution of materials. •� 2. be entirely discharged from the mixers before recharging. C. Ready-mix concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in ASTM Standard 94. The Contractor shall see that a Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-6 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G. Concrete Floor Hardener: All exposed concrete floor surfaces shall receive a two (2) coat application. Products - "Armortop" by Anti-Hydro Waterproofing Company; "Lapidolith", Sonneborn Building Products; or"Hornlith", A.C. Horn. H. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Proportioning of Concrete: A. Concrete shall be as follows: _ TABLE A USE Min. Max. Consistency Max. Size Min. Allowable Allowable Range In Aggregate Cement Compressive Water Slump In Factor. Strength @ Content Inches Sack/C.Y. 28 Days Gallons/Sack Of Cement Concrete For Slabs, Foundation 3000 6.25 Y-5" 1" 5.75 Walls & Footings Concrete For Exterior Exposed 3500 6.00 3"-5" 3/4 6.25 „ Foundation Walls B. Proportions of concrete ingredients shall: e 1. be submitted for the Engineer's review as proposed by the Contractor at least 28 days before commencing any concreting operations, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-5 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE w D. Aggregate shall conform to the provisions and test methods of ASTM Standard C33, and shall 1. be uniform. Any shipment shall be rejected whose fineness modulus varies more than .15 either way from the representative samples which must be furnished and approved prior to actual deliveries. 2. not contain, based on the combined weight of aggregates, more than a total of 6% of the following deleterious materials, nor more than the individual proportions shown below: a. 3% of soft, thin, flaky, elongated or laminated particles. b. 1-1/2% of shale. RM c. 3% of silt, crusher dust or materials finer than a No. 200 sieve. 3. not have a maximum size larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between forms of the member for which the concrete is to be used, nor larger than three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between ,. reinforcing bars. E. Fine Aggregate shall 1. be free from organic impurities so that the standard test will show a color not darker than figure 2 of the Standard Color Chart, ASTM Standard C40. 2. have a 28 day average compressive strength of mortar specimens made in accordance ASTM Test C87 at least 90% of the 28 day strength of similar specimens with Ottawa Standard sand and the same cement. 3. have an Average Weighted Loss varying not more than 8%-12% when subjected to five (5) alternations of the sodium sulfate soundness test, ASTM C88. F. Coarse Aggregates shall have an Average Weighted Loss varying not more than 12-15% when subjected to five (5) alternations of the sodium sulfate soundness test, ASTM C88. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-4 „� SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 8. Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete, 318.1M-89. H. The mix design, design of forms, placing of concrete, production of finishes and final curing shall be so executed as to produce as near perfection as possible and a uniform finished product for all exposed concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS " 2.01 Materials: A. Cement shall 1, be a Portland Cement conforming to ASTM Standard C-150, Type I or IL Cement in concrete of exposed surfaces to be light colored which yields uniform finish tones and shall all be of the same brand. High early strength cement will not be used without special permission from the Engineer. 2. be stored in a weathertight structure and in such a way as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Cement that has hardened or partially set shall be removed from the site and not used. B. Admixtures shall be used only when and as approved by the Engineer. 1. Air-entraining agents shall be used in all concrete with exterior exposure. Agents which are added to the fine aggregate or to the mixing water shall conform to ASTM Standard C-260. When air-entrained Portland Cement is used, it shall conform to ASTM Standard C-175. Air-entrained concrete shall contain not less than 4% nor more than 6% of air. Determination of air content shall be made periodically by use of an approved air meter. 2. The Engineer will consider the use of admixtures for either accelerating or retarding the set of the mix if weather conditions so warrant. 3. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing chloride salts shall not be added to concrete. C. Water shall be potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious substances. ion Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-3 im SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE go C. It is the intent of this Specification to secure for every part of the work, concrete of homogeneous nature which, when hardened, will have the required strength resistance to weathering and such other qualities as the type of structure or its location may require. To this end the limiting strength of concrete shown in Table "A" and the requirements hereinafter specified must be met. D. Standard tests of the cement, aggregates, concrete and reinforcement may be conducted by the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish the material for all required samples and labor as requested for obtaining samples. He shall provide to the authorized representatives of the Owner convenient access to all parts of the work and to all concreting operations for the purpose of sampling and inspection. E. The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. F. Where reference is made at ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials) standards, the current standard shall apply. G. The latest edition of the following specifications and Standards of the American Concrete Institute govern materials and workmanship under this Section, and their requirements shall be adhered to unless otherwise stated: 1. Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 318-95. 2. Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting, ACI 306.1-90. 3. Hot Weather Concreting, ACI 305R-91. 4. Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete, ACI 211.1-91. 5. Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete, ACI 211.2-91. 6. Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete, ACI 304R-89. 7. Guide to Formwork for Concrete, ACI 347R-94. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-2 �„ SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents: A. The General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division I, apply to the work specified in this Section. B. Scope: !' The work to be done shall, in general, consist of the following major items. (Minor work, work incidental to or arising from other parts of this work may not be listed hereunder but shall be included as may be necessary for the full completion of the job.) 1. Furnishing, placing and finishing of cast-in-place concrete for slabs, and footings as shown and detailed on the drawings and as specified herein. 2. Placing of all cast-in items such as anchor bolts, angles, clips, inserts, waterstops and the like. 3. Protecting of the finished concrete work against damage due to other work of the project. 1.02 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: A. Concrete Reinforcement, Section 03200. B. Concrete Formwork, Section 03100. C. Structural Steel, Section 05120. 1.03 General Requirements: A. All work of this Section shall be provided in accordance with A.C.I. 318-95 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. Examine all drawings and data and coordinate the work of this Section with all related and adjoining work. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03300-1 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. Reinforcement shall be shop fabricated. No field bending or re-bending or cutting will be permitted without prior written permission of the Engineer. C. All welding, and field shall be $, p performed only by procedures and welders qualified in accordance with standards for workmanship of American Welding Society "AWS D1.4-92 Structural Welding Code—Reinforcement", as amended to date. 3.02 Installation: A. All reinforcement shall 1. Be secured against displacement with annealed iron wire ties or suitable approved clips at intersections. 2. Be supported by continuous galvanized metal or plastic legged chairs, spaced not more than 5' apart. 3. Be accurately maintained in correct position during concrete operations. 4. Be placed so that the clearance from concrete surface exposed to the weather is not less than 2", and 3" for footings. When not exposed to weather, clearance shall be 1-1/2" for columns, girders and beams, and 3�4" for slabs and walls. Walls against earth shall have a 1-1/2" clearance for all reinforcing. 5. Be provided with necessary metal accessories, chairs, ties and other devices all hot dip galvanized coated, for supporting and fastening in place. B. Splicing—Reinforcements shall be spliced only as shown on the drawings, or as approved by the Engineer on the shop drawings. C. Wire Mesh Reinforcement for Metal Deck Slabs: (Alternate No.1) 1. Wire mesh shall be placed so that the mesh is located at one inch down from the top of the slab at all locations. Mesh shall be supported at all necessary locations with suitable high chair supports. During construction all mesh pulled out of location by work in progress shall be pulled up to specified location prior to final finishing of floor. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03200-3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.04 Shop Drawings: A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings as per General Conditions for all reinforcing steel. Drawings shall show bending diagrams, splicing and laps of rods, shapes, dimensions, details of bar reinforcing and accessories. Shop drawings must be reviewed by the Engineer before proceeding with the work. Shop drawings shall show all openings where stairs, ducts, etc. pass through floor. B. Review of Shop Drawings will be for size and spacing of reinforcement and for splice lap dimensions, but will not cover miscellaneous fabricating dimensions. Any error in dimensions on the shop drawings is the responsibility of the contractor. C. Submit mill test reports and shipping documents if requested by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials: A. Material shall conform to the requirements of the ASTM Standard Specifications serial designated and manufactured in the United States: A615-95C Grades 60 to 75 — For Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. Al 85-94 —For Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 1. All material shall be free, immediately before placement of concrete, from mill scale, excessive rust and coatings that reduce bond. 2. All material shall bear mill identification symbol, and be stored so that .. different sizes may be identified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Fabrication: A. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to the shapes and dimensions shown on the drawings and approved schedules. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03200-2 "" SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART1 GENERAL ` 1.01 Related Documents: A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division I, apply to the work specified in this Section. B. Scope: The work to be done shall, in general, consist of the following major items. (Minor work, work incidental to or arising from other parts of this work may not be listed hereunder but shall be included as may be necessary for the full completion of the job.) Furnishing and erecting, placing and setting of. 1. Deformed bar reinforcing. 2. Welded wire fabric reinforcing. 3. Protection of reinforcement prior to installation of concrete. 1.02 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: A. Concrete Formwork, Section 03100. B. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300. C. Structural Steel, Section 05120. 1.03 General Requirements: A. All work of this Section shall be provided in accordance with A.C.I. 318-95 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. Examine all drawings and data and coordinate the work of this Section with OR all related and adjoining work. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03200-1 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 3. Removal of forms and protection from cold shall be performed so that the temperature of exposed concrete is lowered not more than 4 degrees — 5 degrees F. in any one hour until the outdoor temperature is reached. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03100-4 �, SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK D. Form ties and spreaders shall be of such type as to have no metal closer than 3/4" from exposed concrete surfaces when wall is completed. E. Form oil, if used, shall be a non-staining mineral oil or other approved material and allowed to dry before placing of reinforcing steel. F. Forms may be re-used if, in the opinion of the Engineer, their condition is such as to give specified results. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Formwork: A. Forms shall be erected true to line and grade and as required to produce the concrete shapes as shown on the drawings. 1. Take all necessary precautions to prevent leakage onto masonry block walls or other surfaces. 2. Tie rod holes shall be plugged solid with a mortar the same color and texture as the concrete. B. Shoring, posts, or uprights shall not be removed until the supported member has acquired sufficient strength to support safely its own weight and all loads upon it. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to the structure due to premature removal of forms or deflection of concrete slabs. 1. Removal of Forms — The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of the construction during and after form removal, and no act of the Engineer shall relieve him of this responsibility. Subject to this limitation the minimum time before removal of forms for various portions of the work shall be as follows: a. Footings— 1 day b. Walls— I day 2. The time referred to in each cast is to be measured in days of good curing temperature with 24 hours average of at least 60 degrees F. At lower temperature a longer period shall elapse as required to produce the same strength of concrete. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03100-3 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 2 PRODUCTS ON 2.01 Materials: A. Forms of wood or metal shall be made and erected with strength, bracing and ties to: 1. Conform to the shapes, lines, grades and dimensions of the concrete called for on the drawings. 2. Remain in correct position during and after depositing of concrete. . , 3. Produce a plumb, true, even concrete surface. 4. Prevent leakage of mortar. 5. Permit thorough cleaning and inspection before depositing the concrete. on 6. Insure adequate support of slabs, beams and girders until concrete has sufficient strength for removal of forms. B. Forms for smooth concrete may be wood or metal, clean, smooth, sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement, securely braced and maintained in position and properly shored to support the construction loads. Provide sufficient temporary openings to permit cleaning and inspection just prior to placing concrete. C. Form materials shall be such that will produce the following concrete surfaces. 1. Exposed smooth concrete surfaces, interior and exterior in all spaces, shall be dense and free from honeycombing, prominent grain markings and bulges or depressions more than 1/8 of an inch in 10'-0". Fins shall be cut off and depressed and joint lines filled flush with adjacent surfaces. Slabs shall be free of deflection or dishing. 2. Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall not be coated with any material that will stain or damage the concrete. ,p Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03100-2 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents: A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division I apply to the work specified in this Section. B. Scope: The work to be done shall, in general, consist of the following major items. (Minor work, work incidental to or arising from other parts of this work may not be listed hereunder but shall be included as may be necessary for the full completion of the job.) 1. Provide formwork for footings, slabs, and all other concrete as shown on the drawings. 2. All temporary bracing, shoring and tying as required for proper support of formwork. 3. Cleaning and protection of formwork prior to placing concrete. 1.02 Related Work Specified Elsewhere: A. Concrete Reinforcement, Section 03200. B. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300. C. Structural Steel, Section 05120. 1.03 General Requirements: A. All work of this Section shall be provided in accordance with A.C.I. 318-95 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and guide to Formwork for Concrete, ACI 347R-94. B. Examine all drawings and data and coordinate the work of this Section with all related and adjoining work. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 03100-1 .. SECTION 02072 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING 3.07 Salvage A. Owner shall have the right to salvage existing building elements. Before beginning demolition or removal work in any area, the Owner shall be notified and given the opportunity to designate items for salvage. B. Items designated to be saved shall be protected from damage and turned over to the Owner. END OF SECTION C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovation 02072-4 SECTION 02072 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING G. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Leave site in clean condition. 3.03 Barriers A. See Section 01100 3.04 Enclosures A. See Section 01100 3.05 Cutting and Patching A. See Section 01100 3.06 Coordination A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify compatibility characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment, coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as is practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Use space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas,except as otherwise shown,conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. C2901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovation 02072-3 go SECTION 02072 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING + PART 2 PRODUCTS �* Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation A. Prevent movement or settlement of existing building or adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring B. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered. C. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify and indicate capping locations on Project Record Documents. 3.02 Execution A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing foundation,supporting structural members and appurtenances to remain. B. Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if adjacent structures appear to be endangered. Do not resume operations until corrective measures have been taken. C. Do not burn or bury materials on site. A. D. Keep work sprinkled to minimize dust. Provide hoses and watermain connections for this purpose. E. Do not cut or remove structural elements not shown to be removed. Provide structural support as indicated or required by Structural Engineer or governing �*+ authorities. F. Where openings are cut in existing walls or roof immediately make air and water tight. Do not allow existing finishes or furnishings to be soiled or damaged. C2901 Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovation 02072-2 SECTION 02072 * DEMOLITION AND REMODELING OR PART GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes A. Demolish designated structures and elements of existing buildings and site W improvements as indicated and required to effect new construciton.. B. Remove materials from site. C. Barriers. rw D. Enclosures. E. Contractor's Use of Premises. F. Owner Occupancy. "! G. Cutting and Patching. H. Coordination. I. Salvage. O 1.03 Submittals A. Submit demolition and removal procedures and schedule. 1.04 Existing Conditions A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. B. Provide, erect and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. C. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. C2901 Smith College OR Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovation 02072-1 40 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES ** #1 Add to the Contract amount the cost to provide a new air handling unit, fan and related ductwork etc. as described in Paragraph 1.20, Section 15400. #2 Add to the Contract amount the cost of providing new chilled water mains, pump, piping, etc. as described in Paragraph 1.20 of Section 15400. #3 Add to the Contract amount the cost of new domestic water heating system including piping, water heaters, demolition, etc. as described in Paragraph 1.20 of Section 15400. #4 Add to the Contract amount the cost to provide a Coaches Office. (This to be described by addendum.) ++ #5 Add to the Contract amount the cost to provide a viewing gallery and stairs. (This to be described by addendum.) END OF SECTION D0901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-10 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. 3. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified or original condition. 1.14 Exterior Enclosures A. Provide temporary water-tight closures to exterior openings to permit acceptable working conditions and protection of the Work. 1.15 Owner's Contractors The following work will be contracted by the Owner: A. Squash Courts. B. Contractor shall install wood flooring beyond the court back wall as shown and provide other trim as may be required to interface the Squash Court work with the work of this contract. C. Contractor shall be responsible for installation of conduit and preparation of substrates as required by Owners contractors for proper installation of this work. D. Contractor shall clean the area of work to Owners Contractor's satisfaction and provide proper heat and ventilation for this work. E. See requirements of Section 01000, paragraph 1.12. 1.16 Alternates A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required. C. Schedule of Alternates: W901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-9 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES energy used. G. Temporary Lighting: 1. Provide and maintain temporary lighting for construction operations. 2. Provide branch wiring from power source of distribution boxes with oft lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. 3. When installed, permanent building lighting may be used during construction. Repair, clean fixtures, and replace lamps at end of construction. H. Temporary Heat: 1. Owner will provide temporary heat. 2. Owner will pay cost of energy used. •• 3. Permanent heating system may not be used. 4. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50° F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. I. Temporary Ventilation: 1. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, and gases. Provide negative air pressure equipment and enclosures to prevent dust, fumes, vapors, and gases from entering existing spaces. J. Field Office: No field office will be required. , K. Removal of Utilities, Facilities, and Controls: 1. Remove temporary above-grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. v0901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-8 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES areas. T. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner. U. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. V. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. W. Structural members shall not be cut until approved by the Architect and, where required by Code, not until approved by appropriate governmental authorities. 1.13 Temporary Facilities A. Owner will provide telephone service. B. Temporary Water: Connect to existing facilities through an approved backflow prevention device and extend branch piping with outlets so that water is available by use of hoses. Owner will pay for water used. The Contractor shall not waste water or use faulty equipment. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, all connections, extensions, and other apparatus required for use of such services. Upon completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall disconnect temporary extensions and return utility to its original condition. Contractor shall notify Owner's representative before any use of water and shall be bound by all restrictions that the Owner's representative places on the use of water. C. Temporary Sanitary Facilities: Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Maintain in a clean and sanitary condition. D. Storage Trailers: The Owner will designate areas for Contractor's trailers for tools, materials, and equipment. These shall be weathertight with heat, lighting, and ventilation for products requiring controlled conditions. E. Dumpster: The Owner will designate an area for a dumpster. F. Temporary Electricity: Connect to existing temporary service where provided by Owner; provide branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords. Owner will pay costs of no"i Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-7 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES I. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and new finishes. J. Designated areas and finishes shall be complete in all respects, including + operational, mechanical and electrical systems. K. Remove, cut and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide WN means of restoring products and finishes to specified condition. L. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces to specified condition for each material with a neat transition to adjacent new finishes. M. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, make a smooth ad even transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. N. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. O. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting, or patching that may be , required to complete the work or to make its several parts fit together properly. P. The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the work or the work of the Owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching, or otherwise altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner, or any separate contractor, his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. Q. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect. R. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. Where a change of plane of '/a inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for �+ providing a smooth transition for Architect review. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. S. Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finishes; refinish trimmed W901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-6 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and landscaped areas. D. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner. Salva e A. Owner shall have the right to salvage existing building elements. Before beginning ON demolition or removal work in any area, the Owner shall be notified and given the opportunity to designate items for salvage. B. Items designated to be saved shall be protected from damage and turned over to the Owner. 1.12 Cutting and Patching A. New Materials: As specified in individual Sections. B. Match existing products and work for patching and extending work. C. Maintain exits and exit access as required by State of Connecticut Fire Codes to allow safe exiting from the existing building. D. Determine type and quality of existing products by inspection and any necessary testing. Workmanship shall match existing standards. Presence of a product, finish, or type of work requires that patching, extending, or matching shall be performed as necessary to make work complete and consistent with existing quality. E. Beginning of restoration work means acceptance of existing conditions. F. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovations work; replace and restore at completion. G. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage. H. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. D0901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-5 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES .., any damage to their surface caused by the Contractor shall be repaired by him at his own expense. D. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner. ! E. Routes to and from the areas of work for Contractor's personnel and for removal of equipment and material shall be strictly restricted to those designated by the Owner. F. Scheduled times for delivery of material shall be only at times designated by the Owner. No deliveries shall be made at other times. Contractor shall have personnel on the site to receive and unload material when deliveries are made. G. Delivery routes to and within the hospital shall be as designated by the Owner. No other routes shall be used. 1.09 Owner Occupancy A. During the life of this Contract, the Owner will continue to occupy and operate other areas of the building, grounds and walkways everywhere on the Owner's property and all existing buildings. The work of this Contract shall be done, and such temporary facilities and phasing of activities provided, so as not to interfere with access to existing facilities or new work areas, so as to cause the least possible interference with activities of the Owner, and to protect people and property from harm. B. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Owner through the Architect before starting work in any area and shall not begin work in any area until preparatory work by the Owner has been accomplished. 1.10 Protection of Installed Work A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. D0901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-4 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Framing and sheet materials shall have closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces; STC rating 35 in accordance with ASTM E90; Flame Spread rating of 25 in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.07 Special Working Conditions A. Access to other building areas by construction personnel shall be limited to emergency needs only. B. For access to specific areas, department, or any environmental service, the following procedures shall be followed: 1. 72-hour notice shall be given during normal working hours, Monday through Friday. 2. Contact Person: Contractor shall receive from the Owner the name of a contact person or persons for normal hours and for after hours weekend and holidays. 3. Information Required: Type of work (plumbing, heating, etc.), estimated time needed, number of workers involved, types of equipment to be in use, and noise level anticipated. C. Contractor shall provide Owner with name and telephone number of contact person to be available at all times. 1.08 Contractor Use of Premises A. Limit use of premises for work and for construction operations to allow for Owner occupancy and public access. B. The Contractor may use on-site paved roads and parking areas as designated by the Owner, but shall not encumber same or their access. Roads shall not be blocked by standing trucks, parked cars, material storage, construction operations, or in W any other manner. C. Public roads and existing paved roads, drives, and parking areas on Owner's property shall be kept free from scrap or debris due to construction operations, and D0901 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-3 on SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Allowance. 3. Whenever the cost is more than or less than the Allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order, the amount of which will recognize changes, if any, in handling cost on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses. C. The base bid shall include an allowance of ($17,600.00) seventeen thousand six hundred dollars to cover the cost of material only for finish hardware. 1.04 Exiting A. During the course of the work, Contractor shall not block required egress routes inside or outside the facility. Contractor shall construct such protected passageways, stairs and ramps, and install such signs as required by local .�. authorities to allow safe egress from the buildings and through the grounds. 1.05 Barriers A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas to provide for Owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways, if required by governing authorities, for public rights-of-way. C. Provide barriers around trees and plants. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, and chemically injurious materials. 1.06 Enclosures A. Provide temporary insulated weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials to allow for temporary heating and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self-closing hardware and locks. B. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from Owner-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner- occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing areas and equipment. Construction: DWI Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-2 SECTION 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 Section Includes Paragraph 1.03 Cash Allowances. 1.04 Exiting. 1.05 Barriers. 1.06 Enclosures. 1.07 Special Working Conditions. 1.08 Contractor Use of Premises. 1.09 Owner Occupancy. 1.10 Protection of Installed Work. 1.11 Salvage. M 1.12 Cutting and Patching. 1.13 Temporary Facilities. 1.14 Exterior Enclosures. !" 1.15 Owner's Contractors. 1.16 Alternates 1.03 Cash Allowances A. Costs Included in Allowances: Per Section 3.8 of the General Conditions. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: 1. These Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the Allowance delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes. 2. The Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, !" installation, costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the ` DM1 Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01100-1 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within five (5) days to Architect, participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. " C. Attendance: Job superintendent, Owner, and Architect for each meeting. Major subcontractors and others providing labor and/or material to be incorporated in the work shall attend only when so requested by the Architect. 1.43 Pre-Installation Conferences A. When required in individual Specification Section, convene a pre-installation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, work of the Section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1.44 Protection of Installed Work A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA , Squash Court Renovations 01000-20 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.39 Demonstration and Instructions A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel seven days prior to date of final inspection. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each items of equipment at agreed-upon times, at designated location. 1.40 Change Procedures A. Change Order Forms: AIA G701 1.41 Coordination A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit as closely as practicable. D. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. 1.42 Progress Meetings A. Schedule and administer Project Meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bimonthly intervals. Smith College W Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-19 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS I. Final payment will not be made until the Contractor furnishes proof that he has completed all specification requirements including, but not limited to, the following items: Warranties and Bonds, Operating and Maintenance Manuals, Mechanical Test Data. J. Included in the above requirements shall be a certification by the Contractor that the work has received a Final Inspection by the local authorities in conformance with Section 113.3 of the State Building Code and that no code violations exist that ,. would impede the Owner from receiving a temporary or final Certificate of Occupancy from that authority. K. Submit to the Architect completed As-Built Drawings as required and described above. 1.38 Starting Systems A. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item. B. Ensure that each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation. C. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. D. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. , E. Any system which may have been used during construction for the Contractor's benefit shall have all its elements thoroughly cleaned and all lamps, filters, damaged or worn parts replaced before being turned over to the Owner. Warranty and Guarantee periods shall begin at the date of issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work or at the time of partial occupancy by the Owner as defined by paragraph 9.9 of the General Conditions. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-18 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTE- NANCE INSTRUCTIONS", and title of project. 3. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized, with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. 4. Contents: a. Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. b. Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system. + C. Project documents and certificates. F. Warranties: 1. Provide duplicate notarized copies. 2. Execute and assemble documents from subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. 3. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: 1. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities ,, specified in individual specification Sections. H. Final Site Cleanup and Grading: 1. After completion of the work, all holes, ruts, settlements, and depressions resulting from the Work shall be filled and graded to match elevations of adjacent surfaces, and all areas disturbed by the Work shall be restored to their original condition to the maximum extent practicable and as acceptable to the Architect. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-17 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS D. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements will be charged to the Contractor. 1.37 Contract Closeout Procedures A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner's inspection. B. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum/Price, previous payments, and amount remaining due. C. Final Cleaning: 1. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. + 2. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view. Vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. 3. Clean debris from site, roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. 4. Replace filters of operating equipment. 5. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 6. The Contractor shall engage the services of professional cleaners to clean all windows, glass, plumbing fixtures, wainscots, toilet partitions, and floor , when the project has reached its final stages. All paint splatters shall be removed from all surfaces. 7. Floors must be broomed as applicable and machine buffed. Wax used shall be approved by the Owner. Carpets shall be vacuumed. D. Adjusting: 1. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8 1/2 x 11 inch text pages, three D side ring binders with durable hard covers. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-16 D0901 , SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.33 Qualily Assurance/Control of Installation A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions. C. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. „ 1.34 References A. Where reference to standard specification, codes, association or trade standards, or manufacturers requirements or instructions are made, contractor shall comply with the latest editions in effect at the date of the Proposal except where in conflict with governing codes. Such references include current addenda and errata, if any. B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at job site during progress of the specific work. 1.35 Field Samples A. Construct field samples at the site for review as required by individual Specification Sections. Acceptable sample represent a quality level for the work. 1.36 Inspection and Testing Laboratory Services A. Owner may appoint and employ services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing. tie B. The independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services as required. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples as requested. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-15 OR D0901 a" wo SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Sign and notarize the Application for Payment. 3. Submit the original of the Application for Payment, plus three identical copies to the owner. E. Before or at receipt of each payment Contractor shall furnish a lien waiver for the work of that payment period and he shall also furnish lien waivers from his subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers for work of the previous payment period. Such lien waivers shall be submitted on Frank Walker form#593 and all shall be signed and notarized. See also references to required lien waivers in Supplementary Conditions. F. With each Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit a revised progress •• schedule. Schedule shall identify changes since previous version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission. G. Payment Period: One calendar month ending on the last day of the month. H. Payment Timing: Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the fifth day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the fifteenth day of the following month. 1.32 Schedule of Values A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703, 81/2 x 11 inch paper; Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item amount of Allowances specified. For unit cost Allowances, give quantities measured from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list change orders for each Application for Payment. Smith College Northampton, MA op Squash Court Renovations 01000-14 D0901 w. SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS D. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data and samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances. E. At the end of each month and prior to the 10th day of the following month during construction, the Contractor shall issue an up-to-date Progress Schedule to the Owner. 1.30 Proposed Products List A. Within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. W 1.31 Applications for Payment A. The form of Application for Payment shall be AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate For Payment", supported by continuation sheet or sheets approved by the Architect. Submit three copies of each application. B. Content and Format: That specified for Schedule of Values. C. Informal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner: 1. Make an informal submittal of request for payment by filling in, with erasable pencil, pertinent portions of "Application and Certificate for Payment", plus continuation sheet or sheets. 2. Make this preliminary submittal to the Owner at the last regular job meeting of each month. 3. Revise the informal submittal of request for payment as agreed at the job meeting, initialing all copies. D. Formal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner: 1. Make formal submittal of request for payment by filling in the agreed data, by typewriter or neat lettering in ink, on "Application for Payment", plus continuation sheet or sheets. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-13 D0901 so .. SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OR returned to the Contractor by the Architect not so stamped shall be corrected and No resubmitted. F. If the Contractor differs with the Architect in the interpretation of the Contract No Documents, he shall so notify the Architect before proceeding with the work in question. 1.28 Submittal Procedures A. _ Submittal form shall identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier, and pertinent Contract Document references. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialled, certifying that review, verification of products required, field dimension, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and Contract Documents. C. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. D. Revise and resubmit submittals as required; identify all changes made since previous submittal. 1.29 Construction Progress Schedules A. Submit Bar Graph Schedule 14 days after Contract showing anticipated construction schedules. B. Schedule shall show the anticipated starting and completion dates of the various stages shown graphically. The schedule shall correspond to the Schedule of Values required under Paragraph 9.2 of the General Conditions. C. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of work as of time of each Application for Payment. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-12 D0901 .. SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.26 Manufacturers' Field Services and Reports A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 1.27 Shop Drawings A. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and four opaque reproduc- tions. After review, Architect will return the transparency. Reproduce transparency and distribute in accordance with requirements in Article on Procedures. B. State in writing any deviations, including dimensional deviations, from the Contract or Contract Documents. C. Shop drawing review is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. Approval of a specific item shall not include approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction; coordination of the Work of all trades; and for performing all work in a safe and satisfactory manner. D. Contractor shall develop his own drawings for shop drawings. Shop drawings which are reproductions of the Contract Document drawings will be rejected. E. Contractor and/or his subcontractors shall order material or equipment, begin fabrication or begin installation of any item or system only when in receipt of shop drawing submittals marked approved with no exceptions taken. Shop drawings Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-11 D0901 W SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. Architectural/Engineering and design work, at actual Architect's/Engineer's direct payroll cost times 2.5. b. Field installation correction, field time and documentation of work in place, wo at actual cost times 2.5. c. Principals hourly rate at cost times 1.0. no 1.22 Product Data A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which go will be retained by the Owner. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, options, and other data. •• Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this project. 1.23 Samples A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product. B. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors and in custom colors, textures, and patterns where indicated in individual specification sections for Architect's selection. 1.24 Manufacturers' Instructions A. When specified in individual Specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.25 Manufacturers' Certificates A. When specified in individual Specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Architect/Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate that material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. Smith College Northampton, MA ■, Squash Court Renovations 01000-10 D0901 w eM SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and equipment in his custody or placed in construction by him. Security methods shall be employed as required to ensure the protection of all materials, equipment, and construction work from theft, vandalism, fire, and all other damage and loss. 1.19 Food Services and Radios A. No food services or radios will be permitted on the construction site at any time. 1.20 Jobsite Personnel A. The Contractor shall, if requested to do so by the Owner, remove from the jobsite any employee whom the Owner determines to be incompetent or whose interaction with the public, staff or students is determined by the Owner to be undesirable. The Contractor agrees that if any portion of the work covered hereby is further subcontracted, such further subcontractor shall be found by and observe the provisions of this article to the same extent herein required of the Contractor, and that a copy of this article imposing such obligations upon said subcontractor shall be included in any further subcontract. B. The Contractor shall comply with and shall post and enforce jobsite rules which directly affect the performance of the Work, including but not limited to starting and quitting time, smoking regulations, check-in and check-out procedures,jobsite OSHA safety regulations, daily cleanup and Smith Colleges written regulations regarding sexual harassment. 1.21 Backcharges for Field Investigation, Documentation or Changes in Design Documents A. If any change is required to Architect's/Engineer's design documents due to a design change in Contractor's Certified Shop Drawing Documents, or work in place, and the cause of which is attributable to the Contractor, it is agreed the Owner will be damaged by such action. The additional costs incurred by Architect/Engineer to modify either Architect's/Engineer's design documents or completed field installations shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor. The basis of the reimbursement shall be: Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-9 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall at his sole expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall promptly replace materials damaged or improperly worked by him and re- execute his won work in accordance with the Contract. This includes re-executing or replacing the work of any contractor that is in any way affected by the removal of the defective work. 1.17 Cleanliness A. Special attention shall be given to keeping the grounds clean and free from trash and debris. The Contractor shall employ sufficient personnel to thoroughly clean his work areas continuously each working day and shall cooperate with the other contractors to keep the entire construction site clean. This shall include collecting and disposing of trash, and all other functions required to keep the site clean. B. Materials and supplies shall be stored in locations which will not block access. C. The Contractor's trash, debris, and waste materials collection and disposal operations shall be in strict accordance with all provisions of governing laws and regulations. D. All trash, debris, and waste materials shall be removed from the site and disposed of by and at the Contractor's expense on a daily schedule as required to maintain a clean and safe site. E. Promptly upon completion of the construction work, all Contractor-owned facilities, materials, and construction plant shall be removed from the site. The ., Contractor shall thoroughly clean the work, removing all accumulations of dust, scraps, waste, oil, grease, weld spatter, insulation, paint, and other foreign substances. Surfaces damaged by deposits of insulation, concrete, paint, weld metal, or other adhering materials shall be restored by the Contractor. F. The Contractor shall contain all airborne debris created during his construction activity. Windblown trash shall not be permitted at any time. G. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. 1.18 Security Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-8 D0901 SECTION 01000 ! " SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. If any part of the Contractor's work is dependent upon the quality and completeness of work performed under another contract, the Contractor shall inspect the other contractor's work and promptly report defects therein which render such work unsuitable for the proper execution of the Work under this Contract. Failure to report such defects to the Owner shall constitute the Contractor's acceptance of such work as suitable to receive the Contractor's Work; provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be responsible for defects which develop after his inspection and which could not have been reasonably detected or foreseen. 1.14 Methods of Field Operation A. The Contractor shall inform the Owner in advance as to the Contractor's plans for carrying out each part of the field work. Review by the Owner of any plan or method of work proposed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility therefor, and such review shall not be considered as assumption of any risk or liability by the Owner, or any officer, agent or employee thereof. The " Contractor shall have no claim because of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so reviewed. 1.15 Protection of Property and Public Liability A. The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations. He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all persons including members of the public, employees of the Owner, Project Manager, and employees of other contractor or subcontractors, and all public and private property including structures, sewers, and utilities, above and below ground. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary safety equipment, such as barriers, signs, warning lights and guards, to provide adequate protection of persons and property. 1.16 Rejected Work and Materials A. The Contractor, upon written notice from the Owner, shall remove from the premises all work and materials rejected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-7 D0901 M WA SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS go M" C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 1.11 Storage and Protection A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weathertight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. 1.12 Relations with Other Contractors A. The Contractor shall cooperate with all other contractors who may be performing work on behalf of the Owner, and workmen who may be employed by the Owner in the vicinity of the Work under this Contract, and he shall conduct his operations to minimize interference with the work of such contractors or workmen and the Owner's operations. Any difference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractors, or between the Contractor and workmen of the Owner, in regard to their work shall be resolved as solely determined by the Owner. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omissions of any other contractor, an extension of time in which to perform shall be the sole remedy, without additional compensation. 1.13 Acceptance of Work by Others Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-6 D0901 , SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS !! overall scheme of the original drawings as respects scale, drawing sheet sizes, and sequential indexing. E. Architect will receive and review for adequacy all As-Built Drawings and guide Contractor in his execution of any necessary correction. Completed As-Built Drawing reproducible transparencies and one (1) print of each sheet shall be delivered to the Architect. One additional completed set of As-Built Drawings shall be made for the Architect. All sets shall be neatly bound and labeled. F. Submit completed, corrected drawings and specifications with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.09 Substitutions A. If after Award of Contract the Contractor desires to use another material in lieu of any of the specified choices, he shall request, in writing, the approval of same. Such request must state the amount of dollars by which the Contract Sum would be increased or decreased in case of approval of such substitution. B. All requests for substitution must be reasonable and offer a clear advantage to the Owner because of improved performance, reduced cost, or better deliveries. C. All requests for substitution must be presented in writing and be substantiated by means of manufacturer's data, certification, instructions, specifications, etc., as the Architect may require. D. Contractor assumes.all responsibility for adjustments in and to adjacent materials caused by use of substituted materials. This may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and review of adjacent assemblies and conditions. 1.10 Transportation and Handling w A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. - Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-5 D0901 SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.07 Guarantee A. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall guarantee all work against defects resulting from the use of materials, workmanship, or equipment which are inferior, defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract for one (1) year from date of issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion for the building, or designated portions thereof. B. Furnish fully executed guarantees, warranties and bonds to the Owner in accordance with the General Conditions. 1.08 As-Built Drawings and Specifications A. During the progress of the Work, the contractor and major subcontractors shall maintain a current Record Set of Contract Drawings and Specifications indicating all work installed at variance with such Contract Documents, including work covered by supplemental contracts, addenda, change orders, and other bona fide sources. Legibly mark and record at each product section of the specifications a description of actual products installed. B. At the completion of the construction work and prior to acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall purchase at cost a complete set of mylar reproducible transparency drawings made from the contract documents. Contractor shall transfer to these drawings all changes compiled on the Record Set of Drawings, and such additional detail as to provide a complete reference document for use by the Owner. If variations and details cannot be shown clearly, then Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings adequate to impart the information. These additional drawings shall also be reproducible transparencies. C. Manufacturers' and subcontractors' shop drawings, line-and-control diagrams, assembly and erection drawings, etc. shall also be corrected to indicate As-Built conditions; one reproducible of each to be included with As-Built Drawings submitted to Architect. D. All indications on As-Built Drawings shall be executed in a legible manner by a competent draftsman, paid by the Contractor, using methods and legend presentations approved in conference with the Architects and compatible with the Smith College Northampton, MA , Squash Court Renovations 01000-4 D0901 , SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS B Contractor shall be responsible for levels, lines and measurements of all work performed under this Contract and shall verify all dimensions and conditions at the site. 1.05 Lines and Grades A. All work shall be done to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide suitable equipment and competent workmen who shall locate and lay out the work. Measurements shall be made from permanent base lines and elevation reference datum previously established on the site. In addition, measurements shall be coordinated with existing building column lines and floor elevations. B. Build and install parts of the work level, square to the major axes of the building, plumb, and in correct position unless specifically shown or specified elsewhere. Joints, edges, decorative lines of applied materials, and scribed lines and dummy joints shall be square to the major axes of the building or shall be normal to intersecting faces or edges, unless indicated otherwise. C. The following tolerances shall apply to plane surfaces unless stricter tolerances are specified. These tolerances shall not apply to work for which, in the Architect's interpretation, they are clearly inappropriate. 1. No point in the plane surface shall be out of correct position by more than 1/8". 2. No tangent to the plane surface shall vary from the vertical, horizontal, or other indicated plane by more than 1/2" in 12'. D. Any work done without being properly located shall be ordered, removed and replaced at contractor's expense. 1.06 Signs A. The premises shall be kept free from all advertising, and no signs shall be erected without the express permission of the Owner, except as noted herein. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-3 D0901 am we SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS am 1.26 Manufacturers Field Services and Reports. 1.27 Shop Drawings. 1.28 Submittal Procedures. 1.29 Construction Progress Schedules. 1.30 Proposed Products List. 1.31 Application for Payments. 1.32 Schedule of Values. 1.33 Quality Assurance/Control of Installation. 1.34 References. 1.35 Field Samples. 1.36 Inspection and Testing Laboratory Services. 1.37 Contract Closeout Procedures. 1.38 Starting Systems. 1.39 Demonstration and Instructions. 1.40 Change Procedures. 1.41 Coordination. 1.42 Progress Meetings. 1.43 Pre-Installation Conferences. 1.44 Protection of Installed Work. 1.03 Laws and Regulations A. The Contractor shall observe and comply with all applicable federal and state ordinances, rules, laws, codes, regulations and orders, and other applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, including but not limited to the Federal "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction," OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS, TITLE 29 CFR, PART 1926 CON- .. STRUCTION INDUSTRY AND PART 1910 GENERAL INDUSTRY STAN- DARDS IDENTIFIED AS APPLICABLE TO CONSTRUCTION AND ALL REFERENCES INCORPORATED THEREIN. 1.04 Materials A. Materials or products specified by name of manufacturer, brand, trade name, or catalog reference shall be the basis of the Bid and furnished under the Contract. Smith College Northampton, MA ., Squash Court Renovations 01000-2 D0901 " ' SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1.01 General A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and requirements of Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section. B. For convenient reference, these Specifications are separated into titled Sections. These Sections do not necessarily define the limits of any subcontract and shall not require the Architect to be an arbiter between the Contractor and subcontractor. The work of any one subcontractor may included items specified in several Sections. 1.02 Section Includes Paragraph 1.03 Laws and Regulations. 1.04 Materials. 1.05 Lines and Grades. 1.06 Signs. 1.07 Guarantee. 1.08 As-Built Drawings and Specifications. 1.09 Substitutions. 1.10 Transportation and Handling. 1.11 Storage and Protection. 1.12 Relations with Other Contractors. 1.13 Acceptance of Work by Others. 1.14 Methods of Field Operation. 1.15 Protection of Property and Public Liability. 1.16 Rejected Work and Materials. 1.17 Cleanliness. 1.18 Security. 1.19 Food Services and Radios. 1.20 Jobsite Personnel. 1.21 Backcharges for Field Investigation, Documentation or Changes in Design Documents 1.22 Product Data. 1.23 Samples. 1.24 Manufacturers Instructions. 1.25 Manufacturers Certificates. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations 01000-1 ,�, D0901 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS This insurance requirement shall not be construed as limiting in any way the extent to which contractor may be held responsible for the payment of damages to any persons resulting from its operations or the activities of any .� person or persons for which it is liable. 22. ADD Subparagraph 11.4.11 11.4.11 Concerning insurance described in Paragraph 11.4,the Contractor shall purchase the following: " .1 All-Risk on the following form: Completed Value 23. ADD Subparagraph 11.4.3 11.5.3 If required by Owner, Performance Bond and Payment Bond as described in paragraph 11.5 shall be provided in the amounts of. Performance Bond 100% of Contract Sum Payment Bond 100% of Contract Sum Form of bonds shall be AIA Document A311. 24. ADD 11.1.4: 11.1.4 The Contractor hereby agrees to hold harmless,indemnify and defend the Owner and his Agents,Construction Manager,Architects,Engineers and Employees while acting within the scope of their duties from and against any and all liability, claims, damages and cost of defense arising out of the Contractor's performance of the work described herein, but not including the sole negligence of the Owner, his Agents, Construction Manager, Architects and Engineers or employees. The Contractor will require any and all subcontractors to conform with the provisions of this clause prior to commencing any work and agrees to insure this clause in conformity with Article 11: Insurance, hereinafter. 25. ADD 15.1 Equal Opportunity The contractor shall comply with all federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning equal opportunity. ° END OF SECTION Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 8 D901 was SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Bodily Injury CSL $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence Property Damage: CSL $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence CSL $2,000,000.00 Annual Aggregate f. Personal Injury: CSL $1,000,000.00 Annual Aggregate g. If the General Liability policy includes a General Aggregate such General Aggregate shall be not less than: $2,000,000 Policy shall be endorsed to have General Aggregate apply to this Project only. .3 Other Insurance ' Umbrella Excess Liability Limits $5,000,000 over primary insurance. $10,000 Retention .4 Comprehensive Automobile Liability: Combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage: CSL $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence • .5 Contractor to obtain an Owner's Protective Liability Policy for $1,000,000.00 combined single limit to the name of the Owner. .6 All Contractor's insurance policies shall name the Architect, and Owner as additional insureds. .7 All insurance policies shall provide that no cancellation of the policy or endorsement shall be effective until the tenth day following the mailing of written notices of such cancellation to the Architect and to the Owner. .8 In addition, the contractor shall add Smith College to its General Liability and Employers Liability insurance policies with the following working "Smith College,including its current and former trustees,officers,directors, employees, volunteer workers, agents, assigns and students;is added to this. policy as additional insured". (Auto insurers and workers compensation insurers will not add additional insureds). Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations Page 7 D901 RM we SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 20. In the second sentence of 11.1.2, after the work "occurrence" delete the phrase "or claims- made basis". .M 21. ADD Subparagraph 11.1.5: 11.1.5 Concerning the insurance described by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following, or greater, if required by law: 1 Workers' Compensation: a) State—Rhode Island Statutory b) Voluntary Compensation (by any exempt entities) same as workers compensation. C) Employer's Liability 500,000 Each Accident 500,000 Disease, Policy Limit 500,000 Disease, Each employee as applicable .2 Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations, Broad Form Property Damage): a) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00 Annual Aggregate b) Property Damage: $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $2,000,000.00 Aggregate C) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for 1 year after Final Payment and the Contractor shall continue to provide evidence of such coverage to Owner on an annual basis during aforementioned period. d) Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable.* * Type C - Collapse or Structural Inquiry. Type U - Underground Damage Type X - Explosion or Blasting e) Contractual Liability (hold harmless coverage): Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 6 D901 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 15. ADD 9.10.6: 9.10.6 Final Payment will not be made until the Contractor furnishes proof that he has completed all specification requirements including, but not limited to, the following items: Warranties and Bonds, Operating and Maintenance Manuals, Mechanical Test Data. 16. ADD 10.2.8: 10.2.8 Protect all work and material from damage by water and weather,provide,maintain and operate all pumps, equipment and enclosures necessary to prevent accumulations of water and freezing. Provide and maintain all bracing, shoring, ladders, walkways and scaffolding as necessary for safety and the proper execution of the work. 17. ADD 10.2.9: 10.2.9 Provide and maintain fire protection equipment as required and approved by fire authorities. Built no fires on the premises. 18. After the word "maintain", in the first line of subparagraph 11.1.1,ADD the words: "....in a company or companies licensed to do business in the state where the work is located". 19. ADD the following language as a new subparagraph: 11.1.1.9 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis, including: 1. Premise-Operations (including X, C, and U, as applicable). 2. Independent Contractor's Protective. 3. Products and Completed Operations. 4. Personal Injury Liability. 5. Contractual - including specified provision for Contractor's obligations under paragraph 4.18. 6. Owner, non-owned and hire motor vehicles. 7. Broad Form Property Damage, including Completed Operations. 8. Umbrella Excess Liability. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 5 D901 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS .W to a subcontractor, but in no case shall the total allowance exceed 25 percent of the net cost of work performed by any subcontractor. 11. ADD 7.3.13: 7.3.13 The Contractor's proposal for changes in the work shall be itemized completely and shall include material costs and quantities; labor wages, time, insurance and pensions; equipment rental (other than tools) and the number of additional calendar days if any are required to complete the change. The allowance specified above for Overhead and Profit shall compensate the Contractor and subcontractor for administration, superintendence, materials for temporary structures,additional premiums on bonds,and the use of small tools. 12. ADD 8.3.4: 8.3.4 When the contract time has been extended,as provided under this Paragraph 8.3,such extension of time shall not be considered as justifying extra compensation to the Contractor for administrative costs or other such reasons. .� 13. ADD 8.3.5: 8.3.5 In planning the construction schedule within the agreed contract time, it shall be assumed that the Contractor has anticipated the amount of adverse weather conditions normal to the Site of the Work for the season or seasons of the year involved. Only those weather delays attributable to other than normal weather conditions will be considered by the Architect. 14. ADD the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 9.6.1: Each Application for Payment shall be accompanied by lien waivers including third party lien wavers from material suppliers in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner executed (i)by the Contractor with respect to all work performed through the period covered by such Application,and(ii)by each Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,and/or material supplier who has provided labor or materials during the period covered by such Application and/or during the period covered by the immediately preceding Application with respect to all Work performed and/or materials supplied(if any) during the period covered by the immediately preceding Application. Anything to the contrary in this Article 9 notwithstanding,the Owner shall have no obligation to make payment to the Contractor on account of any Application for Payment unless and until the party or parties otherwise entitled to such payment shall have executed lien waivers as provided in this Article 9. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 4 D901 �w 0 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 4. ADD: 1.2.4 In case of disagreement between Drawings and Specifications,or within either document itself,the better quality,greater quantity,or most costly work shall be included in 0 the Bid Sum and the Contract Price and the matter referred to the Architect's attention for decision and/or adjustment before the Contract is awarded. 5. ADD: 4.3.7.3 If at any time during the progress of the work the Contractor experiences a delay for which it intends to make a claim for compensation or an extension of time in which to perform, then the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within seven (7)working P" days of the time at which it knew or should have known of the incident giving rise to the claim, specifying the nature of the delay and the expected impact. If the claim is not made within seven(7)working days, it shall in no case be accepted into the Contract. 6. ADD: 3.6.2 No amount shall be included in the Bid for Vermont State Sales Tax or for Federal Excise Tax on materials or supplies purchased for and incorporated in this Project. 7. To Paragraph 4.6-Arbitration: Delete paragraphs 4.6.1,4.6.2,4.6.3,4.6.4,4.6.5,4.6.6,and 0 insert the following: 4.6.1 It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that there will be no arbitration provisions hereunder,notwithstanding any language to the contrary,which may be contained or referenced in other Articles or Paragraphs of the General Conditions. 8. ADD 7.3.10 Additional and Extra Work: Claims for additional and/or extra work will not be paid unless the work covered by such claims was authorized in writing by the Owner. The Contractor agrees it shall not have the right to prosecute or maintain legal action to recover for additional and/or extra work unless the claim is based upon a written order from the Owner. 9. ADD 7.3.11: 7.3.11 For additions, deletions or other changes in the Work, the Contractor may apply an Allowance of 10 percent for Profit and Overhead to the net cost of the work actually to be performed by him. 10. ADD 7.3.12: 7.3.12 The cost to the Owner for work to be performed by a subcontractor may include an Allowance for the subcontractor's Overhead and Profit not to exceed 15 percent of the net cost. The Contractor is permitted a 10 percent Allowance to be applied against the net cost Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 3 D901 am ,w SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS extent of compliance with the terms of the Contract;none of these terms shall imply that the Architect or engineers have any authority or responsibility for supervision of the Contractor's forces or construction operations, such .. supervision and the sole responsibility therefore being strictly reserved for the Contractor. .8 Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper", "satisfactory",or words of like effect and import,unless otherwise particularly specified herein, shall mean approved, reasonable, suitable, acceptable, proper, or satisfactory in accordance with the Contract. .9 "Architect" shall mean the firm of Moser Pilon Nelson/Architects,30 Jordan .� Lane, Wethersfield, CT,06109,or its duly authorized agents or Consultants, such agents or Consultants acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them in each case. .10 Architect's Consultants shall be a person, firm, or corporation having a .w contract with Architect to furnish services as Architect's professional associate or consultant with respect to the project. .11 Whenever in these Contract Documents the expression"it is understood and agreed" or an expression of like import is used, such expression means the mutual understanding and agreement of the parties executing the Contract. .12 Abbreviations: ACI American Concrete Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials CS Commercial Standards, U.S. Department of Commerce FS Federal Specifications UL Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. .13 Requirements of these documents are written in the imperative mode. Unless another entity is specifically named all work and requirements called for herein shall be performed by the Contractor. Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 2 D901 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, 1997, Articles 1 through 14 inclusive, is part of this Contract. 2. The following supplements modify, delete from, and/or add to the General Conditions. A. All Articles, or portions thereof which are not specifically modified, deleted, or superseded hereby,remain in full effect. B. The General Conditions also may be supplemented elsewhere in the Contract Documents by provisions located in,but not necessarily limited to,Division 1 of the Specifications. 3. ADD: 1.1.8 MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS 1 The term"product"means new material,machinery,components,equipment, fixtures,and systems forming the Work,but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. .2 The term"provide" includes furnishing and installing a product,complete in place, tested and approved. .3 The term "building code", and the term "code" refer to regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. .4 The terms "approved", "required", and"as directed"refer to and indicate the work or materials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the Agent of the Owner. .5 The term "similar" means in its general sense and not necessarily identical. .6 The terms"shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted","Scheduled",and terms of similar import, refer to documents contained in the Contract Documents. .7 Whenever in these Contract Documents the words"as ordered","as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as allowed",or words or phases of like import are used, it shall be understood that the order, direction, requirement, permission,or allowance of the Architect or Engineers is intended only to the Smith College Northampton,MA Squash Court Renovations Page 1 D901 am rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery ow thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and aw .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. ow 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. ■s 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the ow difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. go 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. w 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by.suspension,delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: ■" .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE ' 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work;and .R .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. w,. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 440 act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; so .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or 00 .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. vp 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements ! ! between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20 LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#39 ow 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise eR provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to ei be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. eeee 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. ■� 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. wee 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where ` the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD am 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial „11 Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring ow subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and ow .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause e,t of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other we AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. up Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#38 40 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 10 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made, *� ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. u 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#37 ow agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work ow in accordance with Article 7. 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, ow the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration,make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. ow 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. wR 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense. w 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such W condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to A correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be s reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060, which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#36 am +w Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards "o however caused. 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall to be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site No by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON,D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON --4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#35 Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious eeR liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. .se 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph 11.1. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage,theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and *� debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the w" Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be aw reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#34 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. 1 10.6 EMERGENCIES 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, tw or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; go .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA . COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#33 aw 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the ww prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. �w 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. w AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. "w Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#32 00 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of 4W surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. po ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON --4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#31 an 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage, if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. ww 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. .w AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be ow reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20 LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#30 .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. > 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for JIM which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has M- been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#29 a* delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures s, satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's wR knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the .. Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as **r provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable .� to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; ■. .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. so Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#28 RM Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the l Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 . Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work,prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required,and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20 LCON --4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#27 am Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom,and workers'compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees,and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .wr .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any,with respect to that change. 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME WX 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are 'of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. " Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 -- Page#26 Directive requires agreement by the Owner and .Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: ` .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum;and .3 the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. PP 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 425 Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. wr 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect .� apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably •• discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP °" 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. ' 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060, which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#24 the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable OR objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 40 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS am 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the OR AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#23 go settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5. 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written .. consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner,Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or �e described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. " Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 422 OR and persons or entities other than the Owner. 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or(5)advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the requested su PP ortinb.,data, advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2)a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after wr arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect, by mediation or by arbitration. 4.5 MEDIATION 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event,mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as pe AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be !! reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#21 w ow such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect ow for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to 00 an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.6. 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1)a written interpretation ow from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3. so 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed .w there, for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages,when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. w� 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the �. Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation, arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#20 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion,will receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents 00 required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. on 4.2.9 0 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. urar 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the on Contract Documents, 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as 00 inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON --4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 -- Page 4 19 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative(1)during construction, (2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in w general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or *■ when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, ww unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. war AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060, which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 4 18 shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. wn 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 4W 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT go 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON --4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#17 .m such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of ■ Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other ' submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the •. Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the .� Contract Documents. 3.13 USE OF SITE ** 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be w reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#16 .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT r 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. l� 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. w 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other ±�w information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship And establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in go AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#15 ow 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons wo carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. wo 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from ., defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not property approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal w usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. w 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into go effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and on other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. so 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and W regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. 3.8 ALLOWANCES an 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. wu Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#14 either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, PP but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perforrm the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and.damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be PP fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 1 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. �r AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document; 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 4 13 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such .� evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1, which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. w 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished w by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract w� Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. " Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#12 1.3 CAPITALIZATION 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. on 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally '! ! familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set.Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'copyrights or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract !? Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document:97A20LCON --4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 4 11 am ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of so the Contract(General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2)a Change Order, (3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements) . 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and e. Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor,materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS .. The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. +w. AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 4 10 13.4.2 4.3.7.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor Work,Definition of 4.3.10,9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2 1.1.3 Waiver of Claims by the Owner Written Consent 4.3.10, 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 12.2.2.1, 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 93.2, 9.8.5, 13.4.2, 14.2.4 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 Waiver of Consequential Damages Written Interpretations 4.3.10, 14.2.4 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Waiver of Liens Written Notice 9.10.2,9.10.4 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, Waivers of Subrogation 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 13.3, 14 Warranty Written Orders 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 13.7.1.3 14.3.1 Weather Delays t AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document:97A20 LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#9 so Site Visits,Architect's 9.10.2,9.10.3 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Surveys Special Inspections and Testing 2.2.3 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience .m Specifications, Definition of the 14.4 1.1.6 Suspension of the Work Specifications, The 5.4.2, 14.3 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 Suspension or Termination of the Contract Statute of Limitations 4.3.6, 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 Taxes Stopping the Work 3.6,3.8.2.1, 7.3.6.4 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Termination by the Contractor Stored Materials 4.3.10, 14.1 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4 Termination by the Owner for Cause Subcontractor, Definition of 4.3.10, 5.4.1.1, 14.2 5.1.1 Termination of the Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 4.1.3 w 5 Termination of the Contractor Subcontractors, Work by 14.2.2 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4,9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT Subcontractual Relations 14 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, Tests and Inspections 14.2.1, 14.3.2 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, Submittals 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5 1.6, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, TIME 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3 8 Subrogation, Waivers of Time, Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1, Substantial Completion 7.5.1,8.3, 9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, Time Limits 12.2, 13.7 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, Substantial Completion, Definition of 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6, 5.2,5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1, 9.8.1 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, Substitution of Subcontractors 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Time Limits on Claims Substitution of Architect 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 4.1.3 Title to Work Substitutions of Materials 9.3.2,9.3.3 3.4.2,3.5.1, 7.3.7 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 12 5.1.2 Uncovering of Work Subsurface Conditions 12.1 4.3.4 Unforeseen Conditions Successors and Assigns 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 **� 13.2 Unit Prices Superintendent 4.3.9, 7.3.3.2 3.9, 10.2.6 Use of Documents 4" Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1.1, 1.6, 2.2.5,3.12.6, 5.3 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3,6.2.4, Use of Site 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety Values, Schedule of 4.4.7, 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5,9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 9.2,9.3.1 Surety,Consent of Waiver of Claims by the Architect AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#8 NO 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 9.10.2 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Representations Payment,Failure of 1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 9.10.1 Payment,Final Representatives 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2, 9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 op 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Resolution of Claims and Disputes Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 4.4,4.5,4.6 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Payments,Progress 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8, 5.3.1, 6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 4.3.3, 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 Retainage PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 93.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 9 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by ' Payments to Subcontractors Contractor 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2, 9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 11.4.8, 14.2.1.2 1.5.2,3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7,6.1.3 PCB Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 10.3.1 3.10.1, 3.10.2,3.11, 3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 Contractor Permits,Fees and Notices 3.12 2.2.2, 3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Rights and Remedies PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3, 5.4, 10 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 13.4, 14 10.3.1 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights Product Data,Definition of 3.17 3 12 2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 4.6.2 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Safety of Persons and Property Progress and Completion 10.2, 10.6 pp 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs Progress Payments 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.6 4.33,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 Samples,Definition of P0 Project,Definition of the 3.12.3 1.1.4 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Project Management Protective Liability Insurance 3.11, 3.12,4.2.7 11.3 Samples at the Site,Documents and Project Manual,Definition of the 3.11 1.1.7 Schedule of Values Project Manuals 9.2,9.3.1 qW 2.2.5 Schedules,Construction Project Representatives 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 4.2.10 Separate Contracts and Contractors po Property Insurance 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, 8.3.1, 11.4.7, 10.2.5, 11.4 12.1.2, 12.2.5 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Shop Drawings,Definition of 10 3.12.1 Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6, 9.6.4, 3.11,3.1 2,4.2.7 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Site,Use of Rejection of Work 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2.1 Site Inspections Releases and Waivers of Liens 1.2.2,3.2.1, 3.3.3, 3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be 0 reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#7 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, Occupancy 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1, 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8, 11.4.1.5 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, Orders, Written 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, Loss of Use Insurance 14.3.1 11.4.3 OWNER Material Suppliers 2 o 1.6, 3.12.1,4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2,9.6, 9.10.5 Owner,Definition of Materials,Hazardous 2.1 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 Owner, Information and Services Required of the I„ Materials, Labor, Equipment and 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.23, 3.12, 3.13, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 Owner's Authority Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of 1.6, 2.1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2,4.1.2,4.1.3, Construction 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1,6.3, 7.2.1, 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, .w Mechanic's Lien 11.1.3, 1 1.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 4.4.8 14.4 Mediation Owner's Financial Capability am 4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Liability Insurance 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6, 7.1, 7.4 11.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 13 11.4.3 Modifications, Definition of Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1 1.1.2,5.2,5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 2.4, 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2 10.3.2, 11.4.1 Owner's Right to Clean Up Mutual Responsibility 6.3 w 6.2 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of Contracts 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 6.1 *�! Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.3,2.4, 3.5.1,4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1, 2.3 13.7.1.3 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work Notice 14.3 2.2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.8, Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 4.6.5, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 14.2 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Notice, Written Instruments of Service 2.3, 2.4, 33.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, Partial Occupancy or Use 13.3, 14 9.6.6,9.9, 11.4.1.5 Notice of Testing and Inspections Patching,Cutting and 13.5.1, 13.5.2 3.14, 6.2.5 Notice to Proceed Patents 8.2.2 3.17 Notices, Permits, Fees and Payment,Applications for 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10.1, Observations, Contractor's 9.10.3,9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 Payment, Certificates for .A AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 -- Page#6 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 11.4.2 Equipment,Labor, Materials and Insurance,Contractor's Liability 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,4.2.6, 11.1 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, Insurance,Effective Date of 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Work Insurance, Loss of Use R! 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.10, 11.4.3 3.12, 3.14, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 9.5, Insurance,Owner's Liability 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 11.2 Extensions of Time Insurance,Project Management Protective Liability 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4.1, 9.5.1, 11.3 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 Insurance,Property Failure of Payment 10.2.5, 11.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 Insurance, Stored Materials Faulty Work 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) INSURANCE AND BONDS Final Completion and Final Payment 11 4.2.1,4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 Financial Arrangements,Owner's Insurance Companies, Settlement with 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 11.4.10 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Intent of the Contract Documents 11.4 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 PO GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest 1 13.6 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2, 8.1.4 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations, Written Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required ! " Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4 1.5.1 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4, 3.5.1,3.8.2, 3.8.3,3.12, 3.13,3.15.1,42.6, 3.17,3.18,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, Information and Services Required of the Owner 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, Labor Disputes 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 8.3.1 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 Laws and Regulations 17 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6,9.6.4, 4.3.8, 10.2, 10.6 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Inspections Liens 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder Instructions to Bidders 4.6.4 1.1.1 Limitations, Statutes of Instructions to the Contractor 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7, 12, 8.2.2, 13.5.2 Limitations of Liability Insurance 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 3.17, 3.18,4.2.6, 3.18.1,6.1.1, 7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.5, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 11 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery Limitations of Time AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with pennission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A201.CON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 45 MW 3.1, 6.1.2 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, Contractor's Construction Schedules 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 11.4, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1, 3.12.2,4.3.7.2, 6.1.3 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Contractor's Employees Cutting and Patching ' 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 6.2.5, 3.1 4 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors Contractor's Liability Insurance 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, 11.4, 11.1 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Damage to the Work Forces 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Damages,Claims for Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 11.4.7, 11.4.8 Damages for Delay Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 8.1.2 . 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, .5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5 8.1.3 Contractor's Representations Day,Definition of 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 8.1.4 .w Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work Decisions of the Architect 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6, Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.7 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and 4.3.10, 14.1 Correction of Contractor's Submittals 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 9.8.3, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Defective Work, Definition of Contractor's Superintendent 3.5.1 3.9, 10.2.6 Definitions Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1,4.3.1, 5.1, 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,7.4.1, 11.1.1.8, 11.2, 11.3 7.5.1,8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 Coordination and Correlation Disputes 1.2, 1.5.2, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6, 6.3, 7.3.8 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Documents and Samples at the Site 1.6,2.2.5,3.11 3.11 Copyrights Drawings,Definition of 1.6, 3.17 1.1.5 Correction of Work Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11, 5.3 13.7.1.3 Effective Date of Insurance Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 8.2.2, 11.1.2 1.2 Emergencies Cost, Definition of 4.3.5, 10.6, 14.1.1.2 7.3.6 Employees, Contractor's Costs 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#4 1.3 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, Certificate of Substantial Completion 12.2, 13.7 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 Compliance with Laws Certificates for Payment 1.6.1, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6.4,4.6.6, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval Concealed or Unknown Conditions 13.5.4 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Certificates of Insurance Conditions of the Contract 9.10.2, 11.1.3 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1,6.1.4 Change Orders Consent, Written 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8,4.3.4, 4.3.9, 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 5.2.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 11.4.9, 12.1.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE Change Orders, Definition of CONTRACTORS 7.2.1 1.1.4,6 CHANGES IN THE WORK Construction Change Directive,Definition of 3.11,4.2.8,7, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 11.4.9 7.3.1 Claim,Definition of Construction Change Directives 4.3.1 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 Claims and Disputes Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3,9.10.4, 1.4.1.2, 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 10.3.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 5.4, 14.2.2.2 4.6.5 Continuing Contract Performance Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.3 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8, 10.3.2 Contract, Definition of Claims for Additional Time 1.1.2 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2 CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 4.3.4 Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating to ew 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 3.7.1,3.10, 5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Documents,The 4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6.1 1.1, 1.2 Cleaning Up Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 3.15,6.3 1.6,2.2.5, 5.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period Contract Documents,Definition of 13.7 1.1.1 Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to Contract Sum 2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.5, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 3.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2 Commencement of the Work, Definition of Contract Sum, Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration Contract Time 3.9.1,4.2.4 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2, 8.3.1, Completion,Conditions Relating to 9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2 1.6.1, 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1, Contract Time,Definition of 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 8.1.1 * COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND CONTRACTOR 9 3 Completion, Substantial Contractor, Definition of AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#3 INDEX Architect's Administration of the Contract Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4, 4.4,9.4,9.5 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Approvals Acceptance of Work 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2,4.2.7 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work Access to Work 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 Architect's Copyright Accident Prevention 1.6 4.2.3, 10 Architect's Decisions Acts and Omissions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6, wa 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 4.4.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 4.5,6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2,9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4,9.9.1, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Addenda Architect's Inspections 1.1.1,3.11 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4, 9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Additional Costs, Claims for Architect's Instructions 4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1, 10.3 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Additional Inspections and Testing Architect's Interpretations 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Additional Time, Claims for Architect's Project Representative 4.3.4,4.3.7, 8.3.2 4.2.10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.1.3,4, 9.4, 9.5 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1,3.7.3, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 1.1.1 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, .w Aesthetic Effect 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5 4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Allowances 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6, 9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.4.7 �. 3.8 Architect's Representations All-risk Insurance 9.4.2,9.5.1, 9.10.1 11.4.1.1 Architect's Site Visits . Applications for Payment 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10, Asbestos 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 10.3.1 Approvals Attorneys'Fees 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2, 3.12,4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Arbitration Award of Separate Contracts 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2, 4.6, 8.3.1, 9.7.1, 11.4.9, 11.4.10 6.1.1,6.1.2 Architect Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the 4.1 Work Architect, Definition of 5.2 4.1.1 Basic Definitions Architect,Extent of Authority 1.1 2.4, 3.12.7, 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.6, 7.4,9.2, Bidding Requirements 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.5.1 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Boiler and Machinery Insurance Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 11.4.2 2.1.1, 3.3.3, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1,4.2.2, Bonds,Lien 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.10.2 9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Bonds,Performance, and Payment Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 7.3.6.4, 9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 2.4, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be ew reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document: 97A20LCON--4/10/2001. AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page#2 go General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201 - 1997 1997 Edition - Electronic Format This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.AUTHENTICATION to OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951,1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987,©1997 by The American Institute of Architects.Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. A TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER 3. CONTRACTOR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1997 User Document:97A201.CON --4/10/2001.AIA License Number 113060,which expires on 6/7/2001 --Page 91 u Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature and affix corporate seal; if partnership, give full names and residential address of all partners; and if an individual give residential address if different from business address. END OF DOCUMENT Bid Form 00410-5 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts OF PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT". Attachment shall include Contractor's intended Project Superintendent's resume defining the superintendent's qualifications, and years of experience with Bidding Contractor. L. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a .� separate attachment entitled "BID FORM SUPPLEMENT — PROPOSED SUB- CONTRACTORS" stating names of firms proposed listed portions of Work. M. Labor: The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor and services that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the Work. N. The Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. ** O. The Bidder understands the Owner's right to reject any and all bids. P. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is an all respects bona fide, fair, and made without collusion, or fraud with any other person. As used in this document, the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation, or other business or legal entity. Date of Bid: (Name of Bidder—Company Name) BY " (Name of person signing Bid & Title) (Business Mailing Address) .m (City/Town, State and Zip Code) Corporate Seal (Business Telephone Number) Bid Form 00410-4 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton,Massachusetts 1. Concrete 2. Miscellaneous Metals 3. Doors 4. Painting 5. Mechanical 6. Sheet Metal Fabricators 7. Electrical H. The undersigned Bidder agrees to the following maximum mark-up percentages for overhead, profit and taxes, computed on the total of labor and materials only, .■ for additional work authorized by the Owner during the performance of the Work. 1. For subcontractors, allow ten percent(10%) on their own work. 2. For the Contractor, allow five percent (5%) on the Work of subcontractors. 3. For the Contractor, allow ten percent (10%) on Work of his/her own employees. I. The Bidder hereby agrees to commence work on or after receipt of Notice to Proceed or suitable Letter of Intent, to pursue the Work with diligence, and bring + the Project to Substantial Completion, or Owner acceptance for occupancy before September 14, 2001. J. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as the Contractor, he will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Owner, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid !" and furnish a Performance Bond and also a Labor and Material or Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Owner and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the Contractor and are included in the contract price. K. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment entitled "BID FORM, RESUME AND QUALIFICATIONS Bid Form 00410-3 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts D. The proposed total contract price is: (Base Bid — NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATES) Dollars (total contract price amount in words, which governs) (total contract price amount in numbers) E. Addenda: The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda, and has taken them into consideration in the preparation of this Bid: .. Addenda No. , dated: Addenda No. , dated: Addenda No. , dated: Addenda No. , dated: F. Alternates: The undersigned Bidder submits the following alternate prices, as described in the Bidding Documents, which are to be added to or deducted from the above stated Base Bid Price, as may be selected by the Owner for inclusion into this Contract. (In the event that an alternate does not affect the Contract Price, the Bidder shall remark"No Change"). See paragraph 1.16, Section 01100, Special Project Procedures. Add Alternates Deduct Alternates For Alternate No. 1: $ $ For Alternate No. 2: $ $ For Alternate No. 3: $ $ For Alternate No. 4: $ $ For Alternate No. $ $ G. Bidder's List of Proposed Subcontractors G.C. is to identify sub-contractor used for work in this section. (See L. following). Bid Form 00410-2 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts Document 00410 BID FORM BID OF: TO: The Trustee's of the Smith College, herein called the Owner, per the attention of Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to complete all Work as specified and indicated in the Bidding Documents for the stipulated Contract Price stated herein, and within the time limit indicated in this Bid and in compliance with the Contract Documents and all applicable legal requirements. B. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he or she has visited the site and the conditions present and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged below, and has familiarized, himself or herself with the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work, and has made independent investigations, deemed necessary by the Bidder. C. The undersigned Bidder hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor, services, products, and materials required in the performance of Work to complete the following named project: Smith College Squash Court Renovation College Lane Northampton, Massachusetts to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Architect and in accordance with the accompanying Bidding and Contract Documents, dated April 2, 2001, as prepared by Moser Pilon Nelson/Architects, Wethersfield, Connecticut, for the Contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Contract documents. Bid Form 00410-1 4/9/01 IF Smith College Sessions Annex Renovations Northampton.Massachusetts M. Communication. Comm-Link Springfield,MA_ Haas Elec, South Hadley, MA. Hogan Communications Holyoke, MA. Comm-Tract Waltham,MA. End of Document Information Available to Bidders Pre-approved Subcontractors List 00370- 3/8!01 Smith College Sessions Annex Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts F. Painting. Gormely, Mike Northampton, MA • Lococo, Owen Northampton, MA • Northeast Northampton, MA • Coffey&Heady Northampton, MA • Callahan,Joe Pellam, MA • Novotny Northampton, MA • Cameron Amherst, MA G. Elevators. • Schindler Hartford, CT **� • Bay State Chicopee, MA • Otis West Springfield, MA •era H. Fire Protection. • Allied l=ire Protection Springfield, MA • Baystate Sprinkler Co. Holyoke, MA. • H.F.P. South Hadley, MA • Warehouse Mechanical South Hadley, MA • A&G Fire Protection Ludlow MA • M.J. Moran Hydenvlle, MA L Mechanical • Harry Grodsky Co. Springfield, MA • M.J. Moran Haydeville, MA T.J.Conway Springfield, MA J. Sheet Metal Fabricators. • Kleeberg Sheet Metal Ludlow, MA • Fisher Sheet Metal Springfield, MA , • Berkshire Air West Springfield, MA • Custom Sheet metal Haydenville, MA K. Automatic Temperature Control. • Yankee Technology Ludlow,MA L. Electrical „ • Collins Electric Chicopee, MA • David R.Northup Electric Agawam, MA • Haas Electric South Hadley, MA • M.L. Schmitt, Inc. Springfield, MA • Orchard Electric Northampton. MA • Systems Electric Worthington MA ■., • Easthampton Electric Easthampton, MA • M&S Electric Hatfield, MA • Lapinski Electric South Hadley, MA Information Available to Bidders Pre-approved Subcontractors List 00370-2 3/8/01 ..m Smith College Sessions Annex Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts 4,111 Document 00370 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PRE-APPROVED SUBCONTRACTORS LIST 0P 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Owner has pre-qualified subcontractors for particular trades involved in the Work. For each of the trades listed herein,General Contractors are required to form subcontracts with an Owner's pre-qualified subcontractor available from the following list. 12 PRF-APPROVED SUBCONTRACTORS A. Site Landscape. Warner Bros Sunderland, MA T&M Equipment Corp. Springfield,MA Palmer Paving Palmer.MA Marion Excavating South Hadley. MA Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA Dietz Const. Corporation Easthampton, MA Karts Excavating Hadley, MA Omasta Landscaping Hadley, MA �' , _ -T1ZJ f }�Z LA*^� � S. Miscellaneous Metals. Accufab Goshen, MA Arrow Welding Hatfield,MA ARC Welding Hadley,MA C Millwork. Westek We'T*W MA. Amherst Woodworking Northampton, MA John Carlo Woodworking Westfield,MA Wright Architectural Northampton.MA Haydenville Woodworking Amherst,MA Laurel Hill(Peter Dellerl) Holyoke,MA Bradford Woodworking Florence, MA 17. Roofing. Morris Springfield MA Rivet Springfield MA Titan Chicopee MA E. Flooring. • Mercier Carpet West Springfield. MA M.Frank Higgins & Co. Newington CT Information Available to Bidders Pre-approved Subcontractors List 00370-1 318/01 ..p Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts 1. The thirty (30) day time limit will not apply to a second or subsequent award made after the expiration of the time limit with the consent of said next lowest responsible and eligible bidder and made because the original award made within the time limit was invalid, or because the general ..► bidder fails to execute the general contract or to provide a performance bond and labor and materials or payment bond. 1.15 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS A. Bidders will not be required to provide Performance and Labor bonds for the work of this Contract. 1.16 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION * A. The successful Bidder may begin on-site work on, or after receipt of a written Notice to Proceed, or suitable Letter of intent. After commencement of work, the Contractor shall pursue the Work continuously and with diligence, and bring the Project to Substantial Completion no later than September 14, 2001. 1. Substantial completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. This includes any and all permits required by governmental agencies necessary for occupancy and use. END OF DOCUMENT Instruction to Bidders 00200-8 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts 1. In case of discrepancy between the numerical number and written number, the written number will be controlling and will be considered to be the actual Bid of the Bidder. 1.13 METHOD OF CONTRACT AWARD A. The intent of the Owner is to award a Contract to the Bidder whose qualifications and proposed bid sum, are, in the Owner's judgment, in the Owner's best interest. „ 1. The Owner reserves the right to accept a Proposal other than the lowest bid, to waive all informalities or irregularities in a Bid received, and to accept the bid which in its judgment best serves the interests of the Owner. 2. The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of w the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. 3. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, which in his opinion is in his best interest to do so. B. The successful bidder will be notified in writing,by mail or otherwise, that his bid has been accepted and that he has been awarded the contract. 1.14 EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS A. Execution of Agreement: The General Bidder who is selected as the Contractor shall promptly confer with the Owner on any question concerning major sub- bidders and shall execute an Agreement with the Owner within Thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of award of Contract. ?? 1. The successful Bidder will be required to execute AIA Document A101 1997 edition, "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor". B. Failure to enter into a Contract: If the Bidder selected as the Contractor fails to perform his agreement to execute the contract in accordance with the terms of his general bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond as stated in his general bid, the Owner reserves the right to make an award to another Bidder. Instruction to Bidders 00200-7 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton,Massachusetts �. E. No Bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his proposal or any part thereof for a period of thirty (30) calendar days following date of receipt of proposals. F. Opening of Proposals will be private. Bidders may not be present at time of opening of Proposals. 1. A tabulation of Proposals will not be distributed to Bidders. 1.11 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a bit. �. B. Every bid which is not in the form requested, or which is incomplete, conditional or obscure may be rejected by the Owner, if it be in its interest to do so. C. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by written notice to Office of the Architect. Such notice *� shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. D. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to Bidders. 1.12 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS A. The owner shall have the right to waive any informalities, to reject any or all Bids, to reject a Bid based on attached data required by Bidding documents, or reject a Bid which is any way incomplete or irregular. B. No bid shall be considered which is not based on the Contract Documents. Further, no bid will be considered which contains any letters or memorandum qualifying the Proposal, or which is not properly executed, or which is not accompanied with the requested data and attachments. Instruction to Bidders 00200-6 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton,Massachusetts B. Each Bidder's Proposal shall include the following attachments. Bids submitted without all of the following items shall be considered incomplete and are subject for rejection. 00 1. Notarized assurance of Bidder's bonding eligibility on surety company's own letterhead. 2. Resume and Qualifications of Project Superintendent. 3. List of Proposed Subcontractors, stating names of firms proposed for principal por6tions of Work. 1.9 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 1. No substitutions will be considered after Award of Contract. 1.10 SUBMITTAL, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS A. Proposals will be received for the Project by the Owner, as follows: 1. Bid Proposal for the Base Bid, including Schedule of Values and Unit Prices, and qualification attachments will be received by the Owner before 2 PM on May 2, 2001. 2. Any Proposal or portion thereof, received after the stipulated time will be due cause for rejection of Bidder's Proposal. B. Proposal shall be submitted, in duplicate, in a sealed `bid envelope' bearing the Bidder's name and address for identification. Identify envelope on front face as follows: "Squash Court Renovations". C. Enclosed sealed `bid envelope' in an outer envelope to mail or deliver bids; outer envelope shall be addressed: Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 D. Facsimile transmitted proposals will be rejected without review. Instruction to Bidders 00200-5 4/9/01 P0 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts „ B. All questions by prospective bidders as to the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Architect's office and should be in its possession at least seven calendar days before the date set for the receipt of general bids. C. Interpretations of questions raised by bidders, which in the opinion of the Architect require interpretation, and supplemental instructions will be in the form • of written addenda. Oral interpretations given to prospective bidders will have no standing. All addenda will be sent by overnight mail or facsimile transmittal to all who are known by the Architect to have received a complete set of Bidding ** Documents. 1. No Addenda will be issued later than three days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the time for receipt of Bids. D. It shall be the sole responsibility of bidders to ascertain the existence of any and all addenda issued by the Architect whether or not the addenda is presented or mailed to or received by the bidder. E. As specified under the General and Supplementary Conditions, all addenda issued shall become part of the contract Documents. 1.8 BID FORM A. Bidders shall completely fill-in the Bid Form included. Modify Bid form only as specified by Addendum. 1. All blank spaces on Bid Form shall be filled in; numbers shall be stated in both writing and numerals. 2. Bidders shall acknowledge all alternates, allowances and addenda where indicated on the Bid Form. 3. Proposals shall include cost breakdowns and all attachments indicated on the sample Bid Form and as required in these instructions to Bidders. 4. Proposals shall be completed without interlineations, alterations or erasures. 5. Completed Proposals shall be signed with legal signature of Bidder. Instruction to Bidders 00200-4 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton,Massachusetts requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work. 3. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bid Documents without exceptions. 4. The Bidder acknowledges that his or her failure to acquaint himself or herself with the existing conditions and Contract Documents shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligations with respect to his or her bid. 1.6 SUBCONTRACTS A. The Owner has pre-qualified subcontractors for particular trades involved in the Work. General Contract Bidders are required to obtain pricing and form A subcontracts with Owner's pre-qualified subcontractors for the following trades listed. 1. Concrete. 2. Miscellaneous Metals. 3. Doors. ear 4. Painting. 5. Mechanical. 6. Sheet Metal Fabricators. 7. Electrical. B. Bids may be rejected from any General Bidder who fails to utilize pre-qualified subcontractors in each of above trades listed. 1.7 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS A. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents, examine the site and local conditions and at once report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. Instruction to Bidders 00200-3 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Upon payment of deposit, General Contractors will receive Contract Documents in the form of two bound sets of prints and two Project Manuals. Bidders shall be responsible for distribution of the Contract Documents. No additional sets will be provided by the Owner. .. 2. Additional sets may be purchased directly from the Owner's printer at a non-refundable cost set by the printer. , 1.4 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled at Ainsworth Gym at West stair exit door adjacent to parking lot of College Lane at 11:00 AM on April 18, 2001. Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the pre-bid meeting. .w B. This meeting has been scheduled to: 1. Assist Bidders in understanding the intent of the Bidding Documents 2. Review with the Architect/Engineer ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors or omissions discovered in the Bidding Documents. 3. Provide for identification and discussion of potential problems that may arise during the administration of any subsequent contract. 4. Provide an opportunity for an examination of the existing structure to the extent reasonably discoverable by nondestructive means. 5. Permit bidders an opportunity to visit the site for determining extent of work, and quantities of materials required for the Work. 1.5 BIDDERS REPRESENTATIONS A. The Bidder by making a Proposal represents the following: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance with them. 2. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with location conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has carefully examined the .� Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged below, and familiarized himself or herself with the legal Instruction to Bidders 00200-2 4/9/01 Smith College Squash Court Renovations Northampton,Massachusetts Document 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 APPROVED BIDDERS A. The Trustee's of the Smith College, hereinafter referred to as Owner, will receive proposals from a selected list of invited Bidders for Sessions Annex Renovations. Proposals will be accepted only from those Bidders who have been previously selected by Owner. 1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will not be considered. 1.2 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Owner intends to award a single Stipulated Sum Contract for performance of all work required by the Contract Documents, including General, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Prevention Systems, and Electrical work. 1. Where such terms as "Mechanical Contractor", "Electrical Contractor", "this Contractor", may appear within the body of any particular Division of the Specifications or in Drawings, such terms are used for convenience only and shall not diminish successful bidder's responsibility for a complete, finished installation of all Work required by the Contract Documents. 1.3 AVAILABILITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents, may be obtained at the Physical Plant Reception Desk after 2 PM local time, Wednesday, April 11, 2001, weekdays: Monday to Friday from 7 AM to 5 PM at: Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 B. Refundable Deposit Required: Cash, check or money order payable to the Owner in the amount of Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) per set. The deposits will be refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within thirty (3) calendar days after opening of the General Bids, otherwise the deposit shall be the property of the Owner. Instruction to Bidders 00200-1 4/9/01 LIST OF DRAWINGS COVER A-1 PLANS/WALL TYPES A-2 BUILDING SECTIONS/ELEVATIONS A-3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-4 DOOR SCHEDULE/FIMSH SCHEDULE A-5 DETAILS S-1 FOUNDATION PLAN S-2 GALLERY FRAMING PLAN S-3 MECHANICAL FLOOR FRAMING PLAN S-4 FRAMING SECTIONS S-5 DETAILS AND SECTIONS S-6 DETAILS AND SECTIONS S-7 FRAMING SECTIONS P-1 COURT LEVEL/FILTER ROOM LEVEL P-2 GALLERY LEVEL& MECHANICAL RM. PLUMBING PLANS P-3 ENLARGED FILTER ROOM PLANS AND DETAILS H-1 HVAC DEMOLITION PLANS H-2 COURT LEVEL GALLERY LEVEL H-3 MECHANICAL LEVEL FILTER ROOM LEVEL H-4 HVAC SCHEDULES &DETAILS E-1 COURT LEVEL GALLERY LEVEL/MECHANICAL LEVEL/DEMOLITION PLANS E-2 ELECTRICAL/COURT LEVEL/GALLERY LEVEL E-3 MECHANICAL LEVEL/FILTER ROOM/ELECTRICAL PLAN E-4 ELECTRICAL NOTES, LEGENDS, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS END OF LIST OF DRAWINGS Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 1 D901 TABLE OF CONTENTS 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 09260 METAL FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09688 CARPETING GLUE-DOWN 09900 PAINTING 10210 LOUVERS AND VENTS 15400 PLUMBING 15600 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 16100 ELECTRICAL END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER PAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF DRAWINGS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS/DOC. 00200 b PRE-APPROVED SUBCONTRACTORS LIST/DOC. 00370 BID FORM/DOC. 00410 GENERAL CONDITIONS, AIA DOCUMENT A-201 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 01000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 02072 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 04300 MASONRY 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 06200 CARPENTRY 07812 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 07900 JOINT SEALERS Smith College Northampton, MA Squash Court Renovations Page 1 V " ,, r PROJECT MANUAL o 0 for SNffYH COLLEGE NORTH HAMPTON, MASS. SQUASH COURT RENOVATIONS GF Mgss� OF M �ER p j fQ) LINDGREN FXCHAr L �Gn O� EVERT ybn ;Q CHARLES I� GIRARl a g c 0 , SNARRES c� ho. 27281 3 JR.,P.E. ,p 28940 T` No.2242 C F `O �o NON 9Ut f r �Z r 4c" t•G E T SQL+ F ��0 ✓ E F FgltLi OF N`A5 MOSER PILON NELSON / ARCHITECTS 30 JORDAN LANE WETHERSFIELD, CONNECTICUT 04/02 /01